catalog switches potentiometers encoders...(evq2) es124 es126 es128 es130 5n type side-operational...
TRANSCRIPT
2013.4 ../
CATALOG
SwitchesPotentiometersEncoders
– ES1 –
COMMON CONTENTS
Page
Push Switches, Detector Switches, Multi Function Switches, Light Touch Switches .......ES2 to ES156
CONTENTS ........................................................................................................................ ES2
INDEX ................................................................................................................................. ES4
Push Switches .................................................................................................................... ES7
Detector Switches............................................................................................................. ES19
Multi Function Switches ................................................................................................... ES54
Light Touch Switches ....................................................................................................... ES59
Rotary Potentiometers, Carbon Composition Trimmer Potentiometers, Position Sensors, Encoders .......................................................................................EV1 to ES61
CONTENTS ........................................................................................................................ EV1
INDEX ................................................................................................................................. EV2
Rotary Potentiometers........................................................................................................ EV4
Carbon Composition Trimmer Potentiometers ................................................................ EV15
Position Sensors............................................................................................................... EV25
Encoders ........................................................................................................................... EV35
Oct. 2012
– ES2 –
Product Type/Series Part Numbers Page
Common Index / Glossary of words and Terms / RoHS Directive ES4
Push Switches
Contents / Quick Selection Guide ES7
Checklist / Application Notes / Common Specifi cations / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit ES9
ESB33 Vertical Push Switches ESB33 ES13
ESB30 Push Switches ESB30 ES15
ESE20C / 20D Momentary Push Switches ESE20C/20D ES17
Detector Switches
Contents / Quick Selection Guide ES19
Checklist / Application Notes / Common Specifi cations / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit ES21
09HL Detector Switches ESE58 ES25
1VR Detector Switches ESE16 ES28
1VL Detector Switches ESE13 ES30
1HL Detector Switches ESE18 ES33
2HL Detector Switches ESE31 ES38
2N Detector Switches ESE22 ES40
5N Detector Switches ESE11 ES43
1HW Detector Switches ESE23 ES49
2W Detector Switches ESE24 ES51
CONTENTS
Oct. 201200
– ES3 –
Product Type/Series Part Numbers Page
Multi Function SwitchesContents / Quick Selection Guide / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit ES54
Jog Ball EVQWJN ES57
Light Touch Switches
Contents / Quick Selection Guide ES59
Checklist / Application Notes / Common Specifi cations / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit ES62
4 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches EVQP6/6P6/7P6/9P6 ES66
4.5 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches EVQPQ ES70
4.9 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches EVQPL/3PL/5PL/PT ES73
6 mm Square Thin Type SMD Light Touch Switches EVQP0/Q2 ES76
3.0 mm2.0 mm SMD Light Touch Switches EVPAW ES80
3.0 mm2.6 mm SMD Light Touch Switches EVPAF ES83
3.5 mm2.9 mm SMD Light Touch Switches EVPAA ES86
4.7 mm3.5 mm SMD Light Touch Switches EVQP2/P9/3P2 ES89
6.0 mm3.5 mm SMD Light Touch Switches EVQPE1/PN/5P ES93
3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches EVQP7/P3/9P7 ES95
3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational Half Dive / SMD Light Touch Switches EVPAN ES99
Small-sized Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches EVQPU ES102
2.8 mm2.3 mm Side-operational Edge Mount Light Touch Switches EVPAV ES106
4.5 mm2.2 mm Side-operational Edge Mount Light Touch Switches EVPAE ES108
6.2 mm2.5 mm Side-operational Edge Mount Light Touch Switches EVQP4 ES110
6.1 mm4.0 mm Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches EVQPS ES113
5N Type Light Touch Switches EVQPA/PB ES117
5N Type Side-operational Light Touch Switches EVQPF ES120
5N Type 2R Light Touch Switches EVQ2 ES122
5N Type Side-operational 4R Light Touch Switches EVQPC ES124
Round Type 2R Light Touch Switches EVQ11 ES126
6.0 mm3.5 mm Light Touch Switches EVQPE ES128
6.0 mm3.5 mm 2R Light Touch Switches EVQPJ ES130
Over Travel Light Touch Switches EVQP0 ES132
4 mm Square Double-action SMD Light Touch Switches EVPAH ES134
6 mm Square Thin Type Double-actionl SMD Light Touch Switches EVQPR/Q0/3PR ES137
4.7 mm3.5 mm Double-action Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches EVPAJ ES140
6.2 mm3.7 mm Double-action Side-operational Edge Mount / SMD Light Touch Switches EVQQ0 ES143
6 mm Square Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches EVQP0/P1/9P ES146
6 mm Square Long Travel 2 terminals SMD Light Touch Switches EVPAS ES149
6 mm Square Long Travel 2R Light Touch Switches EVQPV ES152
8 mm Square Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches EVQQ1 ES154
8 mm Square Long Travel 2R Light Touch Switches EVQQJ ES156
10 mm Square Center Space Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches EVPAD ES158
CONTENTS
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES4 –
Index
ES13 ES15 ES17 ES25
ESB33 VerticalPush Switches
(ESB33)ESB30 Push Switch es
(ESB30)
ESE20C/20DMomentary Push Switches
(ESE20C/20D)09HL Detector Switches
(ESE58)
ES28 ES30 ES33 ES38
1VR Detector Switches(ESE16)
1VL Detector Switches(ESE13)
1HL Detector Switches(ESE18)
2HL Detector Switches(ESE31)
ES40 ES43 ES49 ES51
2N Detector Switches(ESE22)
5N Detector Switches(ESE11)
1HW Detector Switches(ESE23)
2W Detector Switches(ESE24)
ES57 ES66 ES70 ES73
Jog Ball(EVQWJN)
4 mm Square SMDLight Touch Switches
(EVQP6/6P6/7P6/9P6)
4.5 mm Square SMDLight Touch Switches
(EVQPQ)
4.9 mm Square SMDLight Touch Switches(EVQPL/3PL/5PL/PT)
ES76 ES80 ES83 ES86
6 mm Square Thin Type SMD Light Touch Switches
(EVQP0/Q2)
3.0 mm2.0 mm SMDLight Touch Switches
(EVPAW)
3.0 mm2.6 mm SMDLight Touch Switches
(EVPAF)
3.5 mm2.9 mm SMDLight Touch Switches
(EVPAA)
ES89 ES93 ES95 ES99
4.7 mm3.5 mm SMDLight Touch Switches
(EVQP2/P9/3P2)
6.0 mm3.5 mm SMDLight Touch Switches
(EVQPE1/PN/5P)
3.5 mm2.9 mmSide-operational SMDLight Touch Switches
(EVQP7/P3/9P7)
3.5 mm2.9 mmSide-operational Half Dive / SMD Light Touch Switches
(EVPAN)
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES5 –
Index
ES102 ES106 ES108 ES110
Small-sizedSide-operational SMD Light
Touch Switches(EVQPU)
2.8 mm2.3 mmSide-operational Edge Mount
Light Touch Switches(EVPAV)
4.5 mm2.2 mmSide-operational Edge Mount
Light Touch Switches(EVPAE)
6.2 mm2.5 mmSide-operational Edge Mount
Light Touch Switches(EVQP4)
ES113 ES117 ES120 ES122
6.1 mm4.0 mmSide-operational SMDLight Touch Switches
(EVQPS)5N Type Light Touch Switch es
(EVQPA/PB)
5N Type Side-operationalLight Touch Switches
(EVQPF)
5N Type 2RLight Touch Switches
(EVQ2)
ES124 ES126 ES128 ES130
5N Type Side-operational 4R Light Touch Switches
(EVQPC)
Round Type 2RLight Touch Switches
(EVQ11)
6.0 mm3.5 mmLight Touch Switches
(EVQPE)
6.0 mm3.5 mm 2RLight Touch Switches
(EVQPJ)
ES132 ES134 ES137 ES140
Over TravelLight Touch Switches
(EVQP0)
4 mm Square Double-action SMD Light Touch Switches
(EVPAH)
6 mm Square Thin TypeDouble-actionl SMDLight Touch Switches
(EVQPR/Q0/3PR)
4.7 mm3.5 mm Double-actionSide-operational
SMD Light Touch Switches(EVPAJ)
ES143 ES146 ES149 ES152
6.2 mm3.7 mm Double-actionSide-operational Edge Mount /
SMD Light Touch Switches(EVQQ0)
6 mm Square Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches
(EVQP0/P1/9P)
6 mm Square Long Travel 2 terminals SMD
Light Touch Switches(EVPAS)
6 mm Square Long Travel2R Light Touch Switches
(EVQPV)
ES154 ES156 ES158
8 mm Square Long TravelSMD Light Touch Switches
(EVQQ1)
8 mm Square Long Travel2R Light Touch Switches
(EVQQJ)
10 mm Square Center Space Long Travel SMD
Light Touch Switches(EVPAD)
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES6 –
A Shorting Common terminals are connected with the other one or more terminals when switching.
B Non-shorting Common terminals are connected with none of the oth er terminals.
Glossary of Words and Terms
RoHS Directive : The restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment
The products introduced in this catalog conform to the RoHS Directive* (enforced in July 2006).
(Newly ordered products will conform to the RoHS Directive.)
Please contact our sales staff for inquiries about the RoHS compliance of currently used products.
Rating Maximum working voltage and current of switches
Contact resistance Resistance value of contact position, included specifi c resistance of material and usually measured by volt age
drop at 1 A 5 Vdc.
Switching timing Two timing modes: shorting and non-shorting. The change-over sequence of each circuit for two or more circuits is expressed by this timing.
RoHS Direcive
1
Start
2 3 1 2 3 1
Next contact position
2 3
1
Start
2 3 1 2 3 1
Next contact position
2 3
Oct. 201200
Push Switches
– ES7 –
CONTENTS
Page
Quick Selection Guide ............................................................................................................ ES8
Checklist Before Inquiry .......................................................................................................... ES9
Application Notes....................................................................................................................ES10
Common Specifi cations..........................................................................................................ES11
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit.............................................................................................ES12
ESB33 Vertical Push Switches (ESB33)...............................................................................ES13
ESB30 Push Switches (ESB30) ............................................................................................ES15
ESE20C/20D Momentary Push Switches (ESE20C/20D) ...................................................ES17
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Push Switches
– ES8 –
Quick Selection Guide
Country of origin
Lock Travel
Term.
Pitch
(mm)
Poles
Page
Type, Series
1.5mm
2.45mm
2.5mm
2.8mm 1 2
ESB33 Vertical Push Switches(H=6.0)
China 2.5 ES13
ESB30 Push Switches(H=12.5)
Japan 2.5 ES15
ESE20C/20D Momentary Push Switches(H=8.9)
China 6.08.0 ES17
Country of origin : As of April 2013
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Push Switches
– ES9 –
When specifying Push Switches, please take advantage of our standard products for better price and delivery. Please inquire about the following items before ordering.
Checklist Before lnquiry
Item Information (Requirements)
Com
mon
C-1 Inquiry purpose New use, Modifi cation, Others ( )
C-2 Modifi cation
Previous supplier
Conventional part No.
Purpose
C-3 Application
Equipment
Environment Indoor/Outdoor use, Stationary/Portable set, High humidity, SO2, NaCl
Temperature ( °C) to ( °C)
Rating 0.1 A 12 Vdc, 0.1 A 24 Vdc, 0.2 A 24 Vdc, 0.3 A 30 Vdc, 1.0 A 30 Vdc
Sha
pes/
Dim
ensi
ons
M-1 OperationOperation type Vertical, Horizontal
Operating force When specially requested ( N)
M-2 CircuitDiagram
Number of poles 1-pole, 2-pole
Number of contacts 1-contact, 2-contact
Switching mode (timing) Not requested, Non-shorting (NS)
M-3 TravelLock travel 0.8 mm, 1.3 mm, 1.5 mm, 2.4 mm, 2.5 mm, 2.8 mm
Full travel 1.5 mm, 2.0 mm, 2.3 mm, 2.5 mm, 3.2 mm, 3.5 mm, 4.5 mm
M-4 TerminalsShape PWB, Forming shape: ( )
Pitch 2.0 mm, 5.0 mm
M-5 LeverTop dimensions Width ( mm) Height ( mm) Length ( mm)
Material UL fi led (Flame retardant: 94HB, 94V-0)
Oth
ers
L-1 Anti-electrostatic When specially requested ( )
L-2 Soldering conditions Temp. ( °C), Time ( s), Specifi c grav i ty of fl ux ( ), Preheat condition ( )
L-3 Special requirements for endurance
L-4 Special requirements for safety
L-5 Other questionnaires
Notes:1. When you specify custom types (custom-made), new tooling and jigs, and/or equipment may be required. It will be necessary to confi rm your
estimates of quantity and development schedule as accurately as possible.2. Please inform us if you designate your own part number.
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Push Switches
– ES10 –
Application NotesWhen using our Push Switches, please observe thefollowing items (“prohibited items”) and be cautious of the following in order to prevent dangerous accidents andde te ri o ra tion of performance.
1. Prohibited items and notes on mounting1. When soldering (including preheating), do not solder in
the locked condition.2. When soldering using a soldering iron, soldering
conditions vary with the tip shape of the solderingiron, wat tage, and PWB thickness. Thoroughly check the con di tions in advance, including the heatresistance rat ing of the solder.
3. Do not apply a load to terminals when soldering. Care should be taken in this regard because a load mayde te ri o rate electric and mechanical char ac ter is tics.
4. Since the push switches are not sealed, do not wash them.
5. When mounting a push switch to a through-hole type PWB, the infl uence of thermal stress on the switch is greater than that on one-sided PWB. Be sure to check the infl uence as well as the heat re sis tance rating of the solder.
2. Notes on circuit conditions1. To ensure reliability, use switches within the rated range,
as designated in “Product Specifi cations for Information.”2. To avoid malfunction of a set due to bounce generated
by turning the switch ON and OFF, and/or due tochat ter generated by external vibrations, etc., take the following into consideration in design.
Read contact multiple times.(In Case of microcomputer Processing )
Set a delay time.(Recommendation: 3 or more times of reading with the cycle of 3 ms or over)
Prepare a CR integrating circuit.(Recommendation: A time constant of 6 ms or over )
3. When circuits of a two-circuit type are connected in par al lel, switching timing (non-shorting, etc.) described in the spec i fi ca tions is not assured.
3. Prohibited items and notes on mounting and operating conditions
1. In principle, operate the center of the lever.
2. For mounting an operation button:1) Design so that the button is mounted to the cen ter
of the lever.
2) Design a set so that the gap (a) between thecabinet and the button is as small as possible.
(a)=0.1 to 0.3 mm
3) Design so that the load in removal and mounting of the button is within the range of the switch's strength rating of the operational part.
3. If multiple switches are placed side by side, or a switch is placed near another part, the gap be tween the switch and the adjacent switch/part must be at least 1 mm to prevent affect of fl ux and to ensureprop er insulation distance.
4. Design and use so that external stress is not con tin u ous lyapplied to the soldering parts in a set. Ex ter nal stress may cause pattern peeling and solder cracks on a PWB.
5. When mounting a switch, check the ON/OFF po si tion.6. Contact lubricant, which is used in push switches,
may fl ow out to the exterior of the switch due to the struc ture. For design review, suffi ciently check theoperating conditions.
7. Do not pull the switch rod while it is locked. Oth er wise, the self-lock ing func tion may be broken, re sult ing in a lock ing fail ure or mal func tion. Make sure that the switchis re leased es pe cial ly when attaching/de tach ing a but ton to the rod and as sem bling/dis as sem bling the target prod uct. (This ap plies to the self-lock ing switches) Set the strength for de tach ing your but ton (knob) from our switch rod to a max i mum of 10 N in order to min i mize the pos si bil i ty of a break down of the locking func tion. When de sign ing your but ton, re fer to the followingshape and dimensions.Before adopting our switches, check the requirementscarefully.
8. Design to avoid operation with continuous lateralpressure (more than 500 mN on the lever).
9. Do not mount a switch by bending switch terminals. Avoid the following ambient surroundings and other
con di tions because they may affect performance:Under an atmosphere of corrosive gas such as Cl2, H2S, NOx, or SO2
In atmospheres of residual water drops, dew condensation, or adhesive water drops In liquids such as water, salt solution, oil, chem i cals, and organic solvents In direct sunlight In dusty locationsDo not apply a shock to the switch lever during mounting of the switch on the printed circuit board and installation in the target product.
4. Prohibited items and notes on storage con di tionsSince contact characteristics and soldering quality may de te ri o rate due to sulfuration and oxidation of con tacts and terminals, pay heed to the following items.1. For storage and transport of the switches, avoid
unpacking them, and store them at room tem per a ture and room humidity. Use them as soon as pos si ble, gen er al ly within 3 months, or within a max i mum of6 months after de liv ery.
2. Do not store the switches under conditions of hightem per a ture and/or high humidity, or in a location where cor ro sive gas may be generated.
3. If some units remain after unpacking, store them afterapplying adequate moisture-proof and gas-proof treat ment.
5. For use in equipment for which safety re quest ed
Although care is taken to ensure switch quality,vari a tion of contact resistance (increase), shortcircuits, open cir cuits, and temperature rise are some prob lems that might be generated.To de sign a set which places maximum emphasis on safety, review the affect of any single fault of a switch in advance and perform virtually fail-safedesign to ensure max i mum safety by:1. preparing a protective circuit or a protective
device to improve system safety, and2. preparing a redundant circuit to improve sys tem
safe ty so that the single fault of a switch does not cause a dangerous situation.
6. For actual use, be sure to refer to “Product Spec i fi ca tions for Information.”
10.
Reference of Customer's button design
11.
PUSH
Lever Button
(a)
(a)Cabinet
Button
(2.5
)
(3.0)(3.3)(0.6)
Switch rod top
Customer'sbutton
(0.6)
(R1.2)
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Push Switches
– ES11 –
Common Specifi cations(Standard)
Mechanical
Specifi cations
Lever Strength To withstand 80 N push force applied in operating direction for 15 sec onds
Terminal StrengthTo withstand 5 N push force applied on the end of terminal
in any direction for 1 minute without dam age and/or loosening
Electrical
Specifi cations
Voltage drop0.1 V max. between terminals after 4 or 5 switching operations
under the rated load
Insulation Re sis tanceTerminal to Terminal and Terminal to Frame: 100 M min. (at 500 Vdc)
(Does not apply to the insulation resistance during switching operations)
Dielectric With stand ing
VoltageTerminal to Terminal and Terminal to Frame: 500 Vac for 1 minute
Environmental
Specifi cations
Temperature Range –10 °C to +70 °C (Standard)
Heat Resistance +70 °C for 96 hours (Standard)
Low Temperature
Resistance–10 °C for 96 hours (Standard)
Humidity Resistance 40 °C, 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
Non-loaded LifeNumber of operations :
10000 cycles
Voltage drop : 0.5V max. (ESB32)
Voltage drop : 0.2V max. (ESB20, ESB30, ESB32)
Loaded Life
Type No. of operations Voltage drop
ESB33 30000 cycles 0.5 V max.
ESB30 30000 cycles 0.2 V max
ESE20 30000 cycles 0.2 V max.
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Push Switches
– ES12 –
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit
Please place an order by an integer multiple of the Quantity/Carton.
Type, Series Part No. PackagingQuantity/Carton
(Export)Min. Q’ty/
Packing Unit
ESB33 Vertical Push Switches ESB33
Polyethylene Bag(Bulk)
2000 pcs.(8000 pcs.)
100 pcs.
Embossed Taping(Reel Pack)
1800 pcs.(7200 pcs.)
300 pcs.
ESB30 Push Switches ESB30 Tray Pack2400 pcs.
(9600 pcs.)480 pcs.
ESE20C/20D MomentaryPush Switches
ESE20 Polyethylene Bag(Bulk)
1200 pcs.(4800 pcs.)
60 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Push Switches/ESB33
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES13 –
E S B 3 3
Product Code Type Design No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Standard Products
Rating 50 µA 3 Vdc to 0.2 A 14 Vdc (Resistive load)
Travel Lock travel=1.5 mm Full travel=2.3 mm
Mounting Height 6.0 mm
Poles and Throws 2-poles 2-throws
Operating Mode Self-lock, Non-lock
Switching Mode Non-shorting
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 100 pcs. Polyethylene Bag (Bulk) / 300 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 2000 pcs. Polyethylene Bag (Bulk) / 1800 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Operating Mode Terminals Packaging Operating Force Part Numbers Lever Color
PP WaveSoldering
Polyethylene Bag(Bulk)
3.0 N±1.0 NESB33133
Light YellowNL ESB33134
PP SurfaceMount
Embossed Taping(Reel )
3.0 N±1.0 NESB33535
Light YellowNL ESB33536
Note: PP=Self-lock NL=Non-lock
ESB33 Vertical Push Switches
Type: ESB33 (H=6.0 mm)
Specifi cations
Features Low profi le (H=6.0 mm) 3 N and 5 N operating force availables
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Operation switches for automobiles (heater con trol
switches etc.) Secondary power switches for lower voltage in
consumer electronic equipment and different types of mode switches
Oct. 201200
Push Switches/ESB33
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES14 –
1.5±
0.3
Lock
trav
el
2.3±
0.5
Full
trav
el
φ1.5±0.1
Circuit diagram
C
C
N.O.N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
PWB mounting hole for referenceTolerance : ±0.05 (t=1.6 mm)
6-2.31.
0 2.5
2.5
φ1.7
6-1.
6
8.7
24-R
0.4
C0.3
7.75
4.92.75
C0.3
1.0
8.6
0.3
12.5
61.
0(6
.5)
12.5
9.85
N.C.
C
N.O.
C
N.O.
N.C.
ENDTOP
24±0
.3
P=20±0.14±0.1
1.75
±0.1
21.5
±0.5
φ1.5+0.12±0.1
25.0φ382.0±2.0
0.2
Carrier tape Cover tapeDrawing direction
Leading portion 400 mm min.
Packed portion(100 mm min.)(160 mm min.)
Non-packed portionNon-packed portion
C0.3
1.5±
0.33.3±0.05
1.0
10.0
0.3
3.5
3.9±
0.2
2.3±
0.5
2.754.9
Lock
trav
el
Full
trav
el
C0.3
7.75
2.5
2.5±
0.1
(6.5
)6.
0
12.5
φ1.5±0.1
PWB mounting hole for reference(Tolerance: ±0.05)
View from terminal side
Circuit diagram
1.0
1.0
1.7
+0.1
0 φ1.2
+0.1
0
1.0
10.0
2.5
2.5
N.C.
C
N.O.N.O.
C
N.C.
8.6
9.85
C
C
N.O.N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 1 No. 2
ESB335362-poles 2-throws
ESB331332-poles 2-throws
Application Notes: Operating force should be applied at the center of the le ver.
Packaging Specifi cations Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Taping Reel Embossed Carrier Taping
Oct. 201200
Push Switches/ESB30
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES15 –
E S B 3 0
Product Code TypeA : 1.5 mm 1 : PP (Self-lock)B : 2.5 mm 3 : NL (Non-lock)
Design No.OperatingTravel
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Specifi cations
Rating 50 µA 3 Vdc to 0.2 A 14 Vdc (Resistive load)
Travel Lock Travel=2.5 mm Full Travel=3.5 mm
Mounting Height 12.5 mm
Poles and Throws 2-poles 2-throws
Operating Mode Self-lock, Non-lock
Switching Mode Non-shorting
Operating Force 2.0 N±1.0 N, 3.5 N±1.5 N
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 480 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/Carton 2400 pcs.
Explanation of Part Numbers
ESB30 Push Switches
Type: ESB30 (H=12.5 mm)
Features Reduced inter lock operat ion switching noise
(-10 dB compared to the current value) Simultaneous locking prevention mechanism
Recommended Applications Operation switches for automobiles (air conditioners
switches, Hazard switches, etc.) Secondary power switches for lower voltage in
con sum er electronic equipment and different typesof mode switches
Oct. 201200
Push Switches/ESB30
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES16 –
Lock travel
Full travel
20.5
PWB mounting hole for reference(Tolerance:±0.05)
View from terminal sideCircuit diagram
(View from terminal side)Forming dimension of terminal(Except for common terminal)
10.9
12.5
0.3
3.5
7.08.9
2-2.50.7
N.O. N.C.
6-φ1.00
C0.4
7.00
2.50
2.50
3.30±0.05
2.5±
0.1
1.0±
0.1
2.5±0.1
PUSH
C1 2
N.O.N.C.
A
5.5 4.5
3.8
C 0.2
1.5
(7.0)
R 1.45
8.1
2.8
1.8
0.8
C detailsA
1.0 2.0
1.0
2.0
F-S Characteristics
Travel (mm)
Op
erat
ing
Forc
e(N
)
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
OperatingForce
LeverHeight
LockTravel
OperatingMode
Terminal Shape
Straight Formed
2 N±1.0 N 20.5 mm 2.5 mmPP ESB30B132 ESB30B102
NL ESB30B304 ESB30B305
3.5 N±1.5 N 20.5 mm 2.5 mmPP ESB30B103 ESB30B133
NL ESB30B332 ESB30B333
Note: PP=Self-lock, NL=Non-lock
Standard Products
ESB30B132
2-poles 2-throws
Lock Travel Full Travel
2.5 mm 3.5 mm
Application Notes: Operating force should be applied at the center of the le ver.
Oct. 201200
Push Switches/ESE20C/20D
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES17 –
E S E 2 0
Product Code Type
C : For automotive useD : For consumer products
Design No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Specifi cations
Rating 0.01 A 5 Vdc to 0.1 A 14 Vdc (Resistive load)
Full Travel 2.5 mm
Mounting Height 8.9 mm
Poles and Throws 1-pole 1-throw
Operating Mode Non-lock
Operating Force 2.0 N±1.0 N, 4.0 N±1.5 N
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 60 pcs. Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)
Quantity/Carton 1200 pcs.
ESE20C/20D Momentary Push Switches
Type: ESE20C/ESE20D (H=8.9 mm)
Explanation of Part Numbers
Features User-friendly tactile feedback when operated Long over-travel
Recommended Applications Operation switches for automobiles (switches for heater
controls, overdrive, steering, etc.) Secondary power switches for lower volt age in
consumer electronic equipment and different types of mode switches
Full TravelOperating
ForceLeverHeight
Terminal Shape
Straight Formed
2.5 mm
2.0 N±1.0 N12.5 mm ESE20323 ESE20321
17.5 mm ESE20423 ESE20421
4.0 N±1.5 N12.5 mm ESE20343 ESE20341
17.5 mm ESE20443 ESE20441
Standard Products
···C : For automotive use D : For consumer products
Oct. 201200
Push Switches/ESE20C/20D
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES18 –
d
ca
b
d
ca
b
Circuit diagram
PWB mounting hole for referenceTolerance : ±0.05 (t=1.6 mm)
View from terminal sideO
per
atin
gFo
rce
(N)
Type 4 N
Type 2 N
Travel (mm)F-S Characteristics
Straight Terminal
Full
Trav
elO
NTr
avel
7.8
7.9
6.0
8.0
Push
5.73.3±0.12.5
1.516
.0±0
.515
.0±0
.5
8.9
0.35
3.5
(8.0)9.1±0.5
17.5
5.5
2.5±
0.1
1.0±
0.15
(8.0)
R0.5
(6.0)0.7
1.0 2.0 3.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
3.6
R1.6
5.7
+0.05
–0
4–φ1
d
ca
b
Circuit diagram
d
ca
b
7.8
7.9
5.7
3.3
11.0
±0.5
10.0
±0.5
8.9
R1.6
(8.0)9.1±0.5
12.5
R0.5
(6.0)0.70.35
5.7
3.5
Full
Trav
elO
NTr
avel
PWB mounting hole for referenceTolerance : ±0.05 (t=1.6 mm)
View from terminal side
6.0
8.0
Push
+0.05
–0
4–φ1
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)No. 1
No. 2
ESE204···C : For automotive use
D : For consumer products
1-pole 1-throw
ESE203···C : For automotive use
D : For consumer products
1-pole 1-throw
Application Notes: Operating force should be applied at the center of the le ver.
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches
– ES19 –
Detecto
r Sw
itch es
CONTENTS
Page
Quick Selection Guide .......................................................................................................... ES20
Checklist Before Inquiry ........................................................................................................ ES21
Application Notes................................................................................................................... ES22
Common Specifi cations......................................................................................................... ES23
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit............................................................................................ ES24
9HL Detector Switches (ESE58) .......................................................................................... ES25
1VR Detector Switches (ESE16) ........................................................................................... ES28
1VL Detector Switches (ESE13)............................................................................................ ES30
1HL Detector Switches (ESE18) ........................................................................................... ES33
2HL Detector Switches (ESE31)........................................................................................... ES38
2N Detector Switches (ESE22) ............................................................................................ ES40
5N Detector Switches (ESE11) ............................................................................................. ES43
1HW Detector Switches (ESE23).......................................................................................... ES49
2W Detector Switches (ESE24)............................................................................................ ES51
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES20 –
Quick Selection Guide
Type, Series Appearance Part No. Country of origin Poles & Throws Page
09HL Detector Switches ESE58 Japan 1-1 ES25
1VR Detector Switches ESE16 Japan 1-1 ES28
1VL Detector Switches ESE13 Japan 1-1 ES30
1HL Detector Switches ESE18 Japan 1-1 ES33
2HL Detector Switches ESE31 Japan/China 1-1 ES38
2N Detector Switches ESE22 Japan 1-1 ES40
5N Detector Switches ESE11 Japan/China 1-1 ES43
1HW Detector Switches ESE23 Japan 1-2 ES49
2W Detector Switches ESE24 Japan 1-2 ES51
Country of origin : As of April 2013
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES21 –
Detecto
r Sw
itch es
When specifying Detector Switches, please take advantage of our standard products for better priceing and de liv ery. Please inquire about the following items before ordering.
Checklist Before Inquiry
Item Information (Requirements)
Com
mon
C-1 Inquiry purpose New use, Modifi cation, Others ( )
C-2 Modifi cation
Previous supplier
Conventional part No.
Purpose
C-3 Application
Equipment
Design standard ofpushing distanceof lever
At switching on (when not pushing) : Pushing distance
(Pushing the point of lever mm) At switching off (when not pushing) : Object of detection is
apart from the point of lever
not apart from the point of lever (Pushing about mm)
Operation frequency
Operate the switches every day. ( times a day)
Almost everytime, the switches are stayed in the released condition.
( times a week / month / year)
Almost everytime, the switches are pushed in the designed position.
( times a week / month / year)
Temperature ( °C) to ( °C)
Rating mA V dc mA V ac
Do you give "inrush current" to switches ? : YES NO
Sha
pes/
Dim
ensi
ons
M-1 Operation Operation type Vertical, Horizontal
M-2 Mounting Mountingheight
Vertical PWB to upper suface of housing: ( mm)
Horizontal PWB to center rod: ( mm)
M-3 Terminals PWB, Solder lug
Oth
ers
L-1 Surface MountConnection Manual soldering, Wave soldering, Refl ow Soldering
Packing Unit Polyethylene Bag (Bulk), Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
L-2 Special requirements for endurance
L-3 Special requirements for safety
L-4 Other questionnaires
The Electrical Appliance and Material Safety Law (Japan) was revised on March 1st. 1988. Power switches described here are not under jurisdiction of this law, but comply with its technical requirements.
Notes:1. When selecting Switches, please consider using our standard products for better prices and short delivery times.2. Please inform the following items when ordering.
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES22 –
2Pre-heating part
230 °C
1s Peak Temperature 6
Tem
per
atur
e(°
C)
Time
1Temperature
rising part 3Temperature
rising part
4Main heating
5Cooling part
1Temperature rising part : Ordinary temperature toPre-heating part: 30 to 60 s.
2Pre-heating part: 150 to 180 °C, 60 to 120 s.3Temperature rising part : Pre-heating part to 230 °C,
20 to 40 s.4Main heating part: Rater to the figure below.5Cooling part: Between 230 to 100 °C, 2 to 4 °C/s6Peak Temperature: 255 °C, 1 s
Pea
kte
mp
erat
ure
(°C
) Specified reflow soldering condition
Time (s) at 200 °C or more(Main heating part)
0 20 40 60
200
210
220
230
Application NotesWhen using our Slide Switches, please observe thefollowing items (“prohibited items”) and be cautious of the following in order to prevent dangerous accidents andde te ri o ra tion of performance.
1. Prohibited items and notes on mounting1. When soldering (including preheating), set the lever to the
release position.2. When soldering using a soldering iron, soldering con di tions
vary with the tip shape of the soldering iron, watt age, and PWB thick ness. Thoroughly check the con di tions inadvance, including the heat re sis tance rat ing of the sol der.
3. Do not apply a load to terminals when soldering. Care should be taken in this regard because a load maydeteriorate electric and mechanical char ac ter is tics.
4. Since the detector switches are not sealed, do not wash them.
5. When mounting a detector switch to a through-hole type PWB, the infl uence of thermal stress on the switch is great er than that on one-sided PWB. Be sure to check the infl uence as well as the heat re sis tance rating of the sol der.
6. For refl ow soldering When performing refl ow soldering using a hot-air oven or
an infrared oven, observe the following con di tions. Since the tem per a ture applied to a switch and its ter mi nals var ieswith the type and size of the PWB and the mounting den si ty of the parts, suf fi cient ly check the conditions in ad vance.
Notes: Measure temperature profi le at the part surface. Do not perform refl ow soldering more than twice.
2. Notes on circuit conditions1. To ensure reliability, use detector switches within the
rat ed range, as designated in “Product Specifi cations forInformation.”
2. To avoid malfunction of a set due to bounce gen er at ed by turning the switch ON and OFF, and/or due to chat ter gen er at ed by external vibrations, etc., take the fol low ing into con sid er ation in design.
Read contact multiple times.(In Case of microcomputer Processing )
Set a delay time.(Recommendation: 3 or more times of reading with the cycle of 3 ms or over)
Prepare a CR integrating circuit.(Recommendation: A time constant of 6 ms or over )
3. Prohibited items and notes on mounting andoperating conditions
1. Design so that the load applied to the lever when a set is used is within the rated range of the switch's le ver strength.
2. If multiple switches are placed side by side, or a switch is placed near another part, the gap be tween the switch and the adjacent switch/part must be at least 1 mm to pre vent af fect of fl ux and to ensure prop er insulation dis tance.
3. Design and use so that external stress is not con tin u ous ly ap plied to the soldering parts in a set in any di rec tion.External stress may cause pattern peel ing and sol der cracks on a PWB.
4. When mounting a switch (mounting to chassis or but ton mount ing), take care so that no foreign mat ter en ters the switch.
5. Contact lubricant, which is used in detector switch es, may fl ow out to the exterior of the switch due to the struc ture. For design review, suffi ciently check theoperating conditions.
6. Avoid the following ambient surroundings and otherconditions because they may affect performance: Under an atmosphere of corrosive gas such as Cl2,
H2S, NOx, or SO2
In atmospheres of residual water drops, dewcondensation, or adhesive water drops
In liquids such as water, salt solution, oil, chem i cals, and organic solvents
In direct sunlight In dusty locations
4. Prohibited items and notes on storage con di tionsSince contact characteristics and soldering quality maydeteriorate due to sulfuration and oxidation of con tacts and ter mi nals, pay heed to the following items.1. For storage and transport of the switches, avoid un pack ing
them, and store them at room tem per a ture and roomhumidity. Use them as soon as pos si ble, gen er al ly with in3 months, or within a max i mum of 6 months after de liv ery.
2. Do not store the switches under conditions of hightemperature and/or high humidity, or in a location where cor ro sive gas may be generated.
3. If some units remain after unpacking, store them afterapplying adequate moisture - proof and gas - prooftreatment.
5. For use in equipment for which safety is re quest ed
Although care is taken to ensure switch quality,variation of contact resistance (increase), shortcircuits, open circuits, and temperature rise are some prob lems that might be generated.To de sign a set which places maximum emphasis on safe ty, review the affect of any single fault of a switch in advance and perform virtually fail-safe de sign toen sure max i mum safety by:1. preparing a protective circuit or a protective
device to improve system safety, and2. preparing a redundant circuit to improve sys tem
safe ty so that the single fault of a switch does not cause a dangerous situation.
6. For actual use, be sure to refer to “Product Spec i fi ca tions for Information.”
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES23 –
Detecto
r Sw
itch es
Common Specifi cations (Standard)
MechanicalSpecifi cations
Lever StrengthTo withstand 10 N push force applied in operating direction for 15 seconds (ESE11, 22, 24, 31)To withstand 2 N push force applied in operating direction for 15 seconds (ESE13, 16, 18, 23)To withstand 1 N push force applied in operating direction for 15 seconds (ESE58)
Terminal StrengthTo withstand 3 N push force applied on the end of
terminal in any direction for 1 minute[0.5 N : ESE13, 16, 18, 23, 58]
ElectricalSpecifi cations
Contact Resistance 500 m max.
Insulation ResistanceTerminal to Terminal and Terminal to Outer Metal Part:
100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ingVoltage
Terminal to Terminal and Terminal to Outer Metal Part:100 Vac for 1 minute
EnvironmentalSpecifi cations
OperatingTemperature Range
−10 °C to +70 °C (ESE11, 22, 24, 31) −10 °C to +60 °C (ESE13, 16, 18, 23, 58)
Heat Resistance +80 °C for 96 hours (ESE11, 22, 24) +85 °C for 96 hours (ESE31) +70 °C for 96 hours (ESE13, 16, 18, 23, 58)
Low TemperatureResistance
−25 °C for 96 hours −40 °C for 96 hours (ESE31)
Humidity Resistance 40 °C, 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours 60 °C, 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours (ESE31)
Non-loaded LifeNumber of operations 50000 cy cles
Contact resistance : 1 max. (ESE11, 13, 24)Contact resistance : 3 max. (ESE22, 31)Voltage drop : 1.5 V max. (ESE16, 18, 58)Voltage drop : 1.0 V max. (ESE23)
Loaded LifeNumber of operations 50000 cy cles
Contact resistance : 1 max. (ESE11, 13, 24)Contact resistance : 3 max. (ESE22, 31)Voltage drop : 1.5 V max. (ESE16, 18, 58)Voltage drop : 1.0 V max. (ESE23)
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES24 –
Type, Series Part No. Packaging Quantity/Carton(Export)
Min. Q’ty/Packing Unit
09HL Detector SwitchesType: ESE58 ESE58 Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)30000 pcs.
(120000 pcs.) 5000 pcs.
1VR Detector SwitchesType: ESE16 ESE16 Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)24000 pcs.
(96000 pcs.) 4000 pcs.
1VL Detector SwitchesType: ESE13
ESE13VEmbossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
18000 pcs.(72000 pcs.) 3000 pcs.
ESE13H 30000 pcs.(120000 pcs.) 5000 pcs.
1HL Detector SwitchesType: ESE18 ESE18 Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)30000 pcs.
(120000 pcs.) 5000 pcs.
2HL Detector SwitchesType: ESE31 ESE31 Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)15000 pcs.
(60000 pcs.) 2500 pcs.
2N Detector SwitchesType: ESE22
ESE22MV21T
Embossed Taping(Reel Pack)
6000 pcs.(24000 pcs.) 1000 pcs.
ESE22MH22ESE22MH24
24000 pcs.(96000 pcs.) 4000 pcs.
ESE22MH27TESE22MH28TESE22MH52ESE22MH54
18000 pcs.(72000 pcs.) 3000 pcs.
ESE22MH51ESE22MH53ESE22MH57ESE22MH58ESE22MV21ESE22MH21ESE22MH23ESE22MH27ESE22MH28
Polyethylene Bag(Bulk)
10000 pcs.(40000 pcs.) 500 pcs.
5N Detector SwitchesType: ESE11
ESE11SVESE11MVESE11SHESE11MHESE11HSESE11SF
Polyethylene Bag(Bulk)
10000 pcs.(40000 pcs.) 200 pcs.
ESE11MV2 8000 pcs 200 pcs.
ESE11MVT(Excluding : ESE11MV2) Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
4800 pcs.(19200 pcs.) 800 pcs.
ESE11MHT 9000 pcs.(36000 pcs.) 1500 pcs.
1HW Detector SwitchesType: ESE23 ESE 23 Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)24000 pcs.(96000 pcs.) 4000 pcs.
2 W Detector SwitchesType: ESE24
ESE24SHESE24SVESE24MHESE24MV
Polyethylene Bag(Bulk)
10000 pcs.(50000 pcs.) 200 pcs.
ESE24SH1ESE24SH6ESE24SH7ESE24SV2ESE24SV8
8000 pcs.(40000 pcs.) 160 pcs.
ESE24MHTEmbossed Taping
(Reel Pack)
6000 pcs.(24000 pcs.) 1000 pcs.
ESE24MVT 3000 pcs.(12000 pcs.) 500 pcs.
Minimum Quantity/Packing UnitPlease place an or der by an in te ger multiple of the Quantity/Car ton.
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE58
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES25 –
1
E
2
S
3
E
4 5 6 7 8 9
Product Code Design No
85
6thLR
Left-side operation typeRight-side operation type
Type
09HL Detector Switches
Type: ESE58
Features Thin body: 0.9 mm. Circuit type: Normally-open and normally-closed
types are available. Lineup with variations in right-left operations.
Recommended Ap pli ca tions Detection of media in portable electronic equipment
(Mobile phones/Digital still cameras/DVCs, etc.)
Explanation of Part Numbers
Specifi cations
Rating 50 µA 3 Vdc to 10 mA 5 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max. (Initial)
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (100 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 100 Vac for 1 minute
Operating Force 300 mN max.
Mounting Height 0.9 mm
Poles and Throws 1-pole 1-throw
Full Travel (Pushing distance) With boss : 1.5 mm (1.5 mm) Without boss : 1.25 mm (1.5 mm)
Operating Life 50000 cycles min.
Temperature Range –10 °C to +60 °C
Heat Resistance +70 °C for 96 hours
Low Temperature Resistance –25 °C for 96 hours
Humidity Resistance +40 °C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 5000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 30000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE58
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES26 –
0.48
R0.14
R2.45
0.5
0.2
0.9±0.1
0.390.77
φ0.6±0.051.6±0.10.
4C0
.1
Pivot center
On
pos
ition
On position
Op
erat
ion
poi
nt
Full
stro
kepo
sitio
n
2.55
±0.2
0.3
4.52.8
0.8
0.25
0.7
3.0
3.5
1.6
2.0
1.5
(1)
(0.64)
0.242.
9
PWB mounting holefor reference
(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)2–
φ0.7
0.48
R0.14
R2.45
0.5
0.2
0.9±0.1
0.390.77
Pivot center
On
pos
ition
On position
Op
erat
ion
poi
nt
Full
stro
kepo
sitio
n
2.3
1.1 1.
25
4.52.8
0.7
3.0
3.5
1.75
1.25
(0.7
5)
(0.64)
0.24
2.65
PWB mounting holefor reference
(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
R0.14
R2.45
0.5
0.2
Pivot center0.390.77
Off
pos
ition
3.0
3.5±0.2
φ0.6±0.051.6±0.1
0.4
0.9
2–φ0
.7
4.52.8
1.6
0.4
0.44 Off position
Op
erat
ion
poi
nt
1.5 2.0
Full
stro
kepo
sitio
n
(1)
(0.64)
C0.
10.
30.
45
0.24
2.9
2.6±
0.2
0.9±0.1
PWB mounting holefor reference
(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
0.8
0.6
0.45
0.9
R0.14
R2.45
0.5
0.2
Pivot center0.390.77
Off
pos
ition
3.0
3.50.4 0.8
0.6
1.05
1.35
4.52.8
0.44 Off positionO
per
atio
np
oint
1.05
1.55
Full
stro
kepo
sitio
n
(0.5
5)
(0.64)
0.3
1.35
0.24
2.45
2.15±
0.2
0.9±0.1
PWB mounting holefor reference
(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
0.48
R0.1
4
R2.45
0.5
0.2
0.9±0.1
0.390.77
φ0.6±0.051.6±0.10.
4C0
.1
Pivot center
On
pos
ition
On position
Op
erat
ion
poi
nt
Full
stro
kepo
sitio
n
2.55
±0.2
0.3
4.52.8
0.8
3.5
1.6
2.0
1.5
0.24
2.9
PWB mounting holefor reference
(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
2–φ0
.7
0.25
0.7
3.0
(1)
(0.64)
0.48
R0.1
4
R2.45
0.5
0.2
0.9±0.1
0.390.77
Pivot center
On
pos
ition
On position
Op
erat
ion
poi
nt
Full
stro
kepo
sitio
n
2.3±
0.2
3.5
1.75
1.25
0.24
2.650.
73.
0
(0.75
)
(0.64)
1.1 1.
25
4.52.8
PWB mounting holefor reference
(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
No. 1
with BossESE58L11B
Nomal closed typeESE58L61 J-bent ter mi nals1-pole 1-throw
Nomal open typeESE58L11 J-bent terminals1-pole 1-throw
Nomal open typeESE58R11 J-bent terminals1-pole 1-throw
No. 2
with BossESE58L61B
No. 3
with BossESE58R11B
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
without BossESE58L11A
without BossESE58L61A
without BossESE58R11A
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE58
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES27 –
Packed portion Cover tape
Carrier tape
END TOPDrawing direction
Pilot holes Leading portion 400 mm min.
Non-packed portion(160 mm min.)
Non-packed portion(100 mm min.)
16.0
±0.3
1.75
±0.1
7.5±
0.1
φ1.5 +0.10
P=8.0±0.14.0±0.12.0±0.1
13.5
φ380.0±2.0 16.4
CommonTerminal
CommonTerminal C 1C 1
CommonTerminal
CommonTerminalCC 1 1
0.5
0.2
0.390.77
Off
pos
ition
φ0.6±0.051.6±0.1
2–φ0
.7
4.52.8
1.6
0.4
Op
erat
ion
poi
nt1.
5 2.0
Full
stro
kepo
sitio
n
C0.
1
2.9
2.6±
0.2
0.9±0.1
PWB mounting holefor reference
(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
Pivot center
R0.14
R2.45
3.5
0.44
(0.64)
0.24Off position
0.8
0.6
0.45
0.9
3.0
0.45
0.4
0.9
(1)
0.3
0.5
0.2
0.390.77
Off
pos
ition
Op
erat
ion
poi
nt1.0
51.
55Fu
llst
roke
pos
ition
2.45
2.15±
0.2
0.9±0.1
PWB mounting holefor reference
(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
3.0
Pivot center
R0.14
R2.45
3.0
3.5
0.4
1.35
0.44
(0.5
5)
(0.64)
0.3
0.24Off position
0.8
0.6
1.05
1.35
4.52.8
No. 4
with BossESE58R61B
Nomal closed typeESE58R61 J-bent terminals1-pole 1-throw
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Circuit Diagram
Normal open type1-pole 1-throw (N . O)Type ESE58L Type ESE58R
Normal closed type1-pole 1-throw (N . C)Type ESE58L Type ESE58R
Packaging Specifi cations Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Taping Reel Embossed Carrier Taping
without BossESE58R61A
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE16
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES28 –
1
E
2
S
3
E
4 5 6 7 8 9
Product Code Design No
61
Type
Specifi cations
Rating 50 µA 3 Vdc to 10 mA 5 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max. (Initial)
Insulation Resistance 10 M max. (100 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 100 Vac for 1 minute
Operating Force 250 mN max.
Mounting Height 1.5 mm
Poles and Throws 1-pole 1-throw
Full Travel (Pushing distance) 1.5 mm (1.0 mm)
Operating Life 50000 cycles min.
Temperature Range –10 °C to +60 °C
Heat Resistance +70 °C for 96 hours
Low Temperature Resistance –25 °C for 96 hours
Humidity Resistance +40 °C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 4000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 24000 pcs.
1VR Detector Switches
Type: ESE16
Features External Dimensions: 2.2 mm3.35 mm (Height:1.5 mm) Light operating force: 250 mN or less Auto mounting supported: Can be mounted by standard
nozzles
Recommended Applications Detection of media in portable electronic equipment (Mobile phones / Digital still cameras / Camcorders)
Explanation of Part Numbers
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE16
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES29 –
Separateterminal
Separateterminal
Dummyterminal
Dummyterminal43
1 2
43
21
Full stroke position
Vertical directionON starting position
2.65
max
.1.
5 1.5 2.
2 2.5
2.2
3.351.4
0.45
PWB land pattern reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
1.6
3.35
0.52.3
φ380.0±2.0 16.4
1.75
±0.1
7.5±
0.1 P=8.0±0.1
4.0±0.1
2.0±0.1
16.0
φ1.5 +0.1–0
Packed portionNon-packed portion
(100 mm min.)Non-packed portion
(160 mm min.) Cover tape
Carrier tape
END TOPDrawing direction
Pilot holes
Leading portion 400 mm min
Circuit Diagram
Packaging Specifi cations Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Taping Reel Embossed Carrier Taping
ESE161-pole 1-throw
1-pole 1-throw (N.O)
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE13
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES30 –
1
E
2
S
3
E
4 5 6 7 8 9
Product Code Design No
31
6thHV
From under to top type
From top to under type
Type
Without BossWith BossWithout BossWith Boss
Positioning
J-bent TypeJ-bent Type
Straight TypeStraight Type
Terminal Type9thABCD
Specifi cations
Rating 50 µA 3 Vdc to 10 mA 5 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max. (Initial)
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (100 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 100 Vac for 1 minute
Operating Force 300 mN max.
Mounting Height 1.2 mm
Poles and Throws 1-pole 1-throw
Full Travel (Pushing distance)Type V : 2.15 mm (2.15 mm)Type H : 3.05 mm (2.15 mm)
Operating Life 50000 cycles min.
Temperature Range –10 °C to +60 °C
Heat Resistance +70 °C for 96 hours
Low Temperature Resistance –25 °C for 96 hours
Humidity Resistance +40 °C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
Minimum Quantity/Packing UnitESE13H 5000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
ESE13V 3000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/CartonESE13H 30000 pcs.
ESE13V 18000 pcs.
1VL Detector Switches
Type: ESE13
Features Thin type : Height=1.2 mm Highly reliable contact SMD type (Embossed taping, Refl ow soldering)
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Detection of media in portable electronic equipment (Mobile phones / Digital still cameras / Camcorders)
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE13
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES31 –
Action direction
Release position Separateterminal
Commonterminal
Separateterminal
Commonterminal
ON angular dimension
Pivot center
ON startposition
(1)
D
C
B
A
1.2
4.2
3.6
1.95
1.14±0.31.55±0.35
(0.58)
3.05
±0.3
1.2±
0.2
2.65
±0.3
0.52±0.05
3.0
0.51.0
0.4
(15˚)(60˚)
0.2 max.
0.9
0.5
0.6
0.55
0.65
0.45
0.5 -0.10φ0.6
4.2
0.7
4.6
2.2
AC
BD3.0 0.55
4.3
1.02.00.7
2-φ0.8 -0+0.1
Action direction
Release position
Separateterminal
Commonterminal
Pivot center
Separateterminal
Commonterminal
ON angular dimensionON startposition
(1)
A
B
C
D
4.2
3.6
1.95
1.2
1.14±0.31.55±0.35
3.05
±0.3
2.65
±0.3
1.2±
0.2
0.5
(0.58)
1.00.55
2±0.053.0
0.50.5 0.2 max.
0.9
0.6
(15˚)
(60˚)
0.4
0.65
0.45
0.5
0.5-0.10φ0.6
D
C
B
A
0.7
2.2
3.0 0.55
4.3
2-φ0.8 -0+0.11.02.0
0.7
D
C
B
A
1.2
4.2
3.6
2.3
0.2 max.
0.77±0.32.14±0.35
(15°)
(60°)0.
4
0.55
(0.3
8)
1.0
(0.58)
3.0
0.50.5
2±0.05
1.2±
0.2
1.6±
0.3
3.05
±0.3
0–0.1φ0.6
0.450.
65
0.650.6
0.5 0.5
A
B
C
D
2.0 1.0
2.2
0.7 0.7
4.3
0.553.0
+0.10
2-φ0.8
Full travel Separateterminal
Commonterminal
Separateterminal
Commonterminal
ON angulardimension
Pivot center
ON startposition
No. 1
With boss ESE13V01B
Without boss ESE13V01A
ESE13V Straight ter mi nals1-pole 1-throw
ESE13V J-bent terminals1-pole 1-throw
ESE13H J-bent terminals1-pole 1-throw
No. 2
With boss ESE13V01D
Without boss ESE13V01C
No. 3
With boss ESE13H01B
Without boss ESE13H01A
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE13
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES32 –
Full travel
Separateterminal
Commonterminal
Separateterminal
Commonterminal
Pivot center
ON startposition
ON angulardimension
0.77±0.3(2.14±0.35)
3.05
±0.3
1.6±
0.3
1.2±0
.2
0.5
(0.3
8)
2±0.05
0.5
0.4
0.55
3.01.0
(0.58)
0.2 max.
(15˚)
(60˚)
0.6
0.7 0.7
2.0
4.6
2.2
3 0.55
4.3
2-φ0
.8+0.1
-0
3.6
4.2
1.2
2.3
0.6
0.65
A
B
C
D
D
C
B
A
-0.10φ0.6
0.5
0.65
φ380.0±2.0 16.4
Packed portionNon-packed portion
(100 mm min.)Non-packed portion
(160 mm min.) Cover tape
Carrier tape
END TOPDrawing direction
Pilot holesLeading portion 400 mm min
16.0
±0.3
1.75
±0.1
7.5±
0.1
P=8.0±0.14.0±0.12.0±0.1
φ1.5 +0.10
13.5
Commonterminal C
Circuit Diagram
Packaging Specifi cations Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 4
With boss ESE13H01D
Without boss ESE13H01C
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Taping Reel Embossed Carrier Taping
ESE13H Straight terminals1-pole 1-throw
1-pole 1-throw (N.O)
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE18
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES33 –
1
E
2
S
3
E
4 5 6 7 8 9
Product Code Design No
81
6thLR
Left-side operation typeRight-side operation type
Type
1HL Detector Switches
Type: ESE18
Features Thin body: 1.2 mm Circuit type: Normally-open and normally-closed
types are available. Travel: Standard stroke type: 1.5 mm
Long stroke type: 2.15 mm Surface mounted type: Packed with embossed tape.
Supports refl ow soldering.
Recommended Ap pli ca tions Detection of media in portable electronic equipment
(Mobile phones/CD-ROM/DVD players, Digital still cameras)
Explanation of Part Numbers
Specifi cations
Rating 50 µA 3 Vdc to 10 mA 5 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max. (Initial)
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (100 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 100 Vac for 1 minute
Operating Force 300 mN max.
Mounting Height 1.2 mm
Poles and Throws 1-pole 1-throw
Full Travel (Pushing distance) · Standard stroke type · Long stroke type With boss : 1.4 mm (1.5 mm) With boss : 1.4 mm (2.15 mm) Without boss : 2.1 mm (1.5 mm) Without boss : 2.1 mm (2.15 mm)
Operating Life 50000 cycles min.
Temperature Range –10 °C to +60 °C
Heat Resistance +70 °C for 96 hours
Low Temperature Resistance –25 °C for 96 hours
Humidity Resistance +40 °C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 5000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 30000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE18
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES34 –
(52.
4°)
(14.7°)
0.25
1.0
0.75
0.7
0.4
3.4 2.0±
0.1
φ0.6
±0.0
5
(1.2)
1.2±0.2
0.25
0.25
0.5
0.5
0.65
4.02.7
0.5
0.5
1.0
(3.2)
0.7
1.4(2.0
)3.1
3.55
0.54
R0.3
3.2
3.83.
0
1.2
3.6
0.25
1.15
5.4
1.8
Full
stro
kep
ositi
on
(Piv
otce
nter
)
Pivot center
Op
erat
ion
poi
nt
Cas
ece
nter
ON start positionOFF start position
ON
star
tpos
ition
OFF
star
tpos
ition
ON angular terminalOFF angular terminal
3.61.8
4.13.
0
1.2
0.25
1.15
3.25.4
1.2±0.20.40.25
3.4 2.0±
0.1
φ0.6
±0.0
5
1.0(1.2)
2.9
0.5
0.5
2.6
(2.0
)
1.4
0.7
0.70.
75
0.52.74.0
0.5
0.54
0.65
R0.
3
2.6 max.(14.7˚)
(52.
4˚)
1.0
Full
stro
kep
ositi
on
(Piv
otce
nter
)
Pivot center
Op
erat
ion
poi
nt
Dummy terminal
Cas
ece
nter
ON start positionOFF start position
ON
star
tpos
ition
OFF
star
tpos
ition
ON angular terminalOFF angular terminal
Act
ion
dire
ct
ion
(1.2)1.0
0.25
(52.
4°)
(14.7°)
0.65
R0.
3
2.6 max.
0.54
0.250.4
0.5
0.52.74.0
1.2±0.2
φ0.6
±0.0
5
3.4
0.5
2.9
2.6
(2)
1.4
1.0
0.75
0.70.
7
0.5
0.25
2.0±
0.1
5.43.2
1.83.6
0.25
1.15
3.0
1.2
3.8
Operation pointFull stroke position
ON start positionOFF start position
ON start positionOFF start position
Pivot center
Pivot center
ON angular terminalOFF angular terminal
Dummy terminal
Case center
Act
ion
dire
ction
Long stroke typeESE18L J-bent terminals1-pole 1-throwNormal open
with BossESE18L12B
Normal openwithout BossESE18L12A
Normal closedwith BossESE18L62B
Normal closedwithout BossESE18L62A
No. 1
Normal openwith BossESE18L11B
Normal openwithout BossESE18L11A
Normal closedwith BossESE18L61B
Normal closedwithout BossESE18L61A
Standard stroke typeESE18L Straight ter mi nals1-pole 1-throw
Standard stroke typeESE18L J-bent terminals1-pole 1-throw
No. 2
Normal openwith BossESE18L11D
Normal openwithout BossESE18L11C
Normal closedwith BossESE18L61D
Normal closedwithout BossESE18L61C
No. 3
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE18
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES35 –
Actiondirection
(1.2)1.0
φ0.6
±0.0
5
2.9
2.0±
0.1
3.4
0.40.25
1.2±0.2
2.6
1.4(2.0
)
1.0
0.75
0.7
0.5
0.7
0.5
0.52.74.0
0.5
Full
stro
kep
ositi
on
(Piv
otce
nter
)
Op
erat
ion
poi
nt
0.54
R0.3
0.65
2.6 max.
Pivot center
Dummy terminal
Cas
ece
nter
(14.7 ˚) (52.4˚)
3.25.4
1.2
3.61.8
4.1
3.0
0.25
1.15
ON
star
tpos
ition
OFF
star
tpos
ition
ON start positionOFF start position
ON angular terminalOFF angular terminal
Full
stro
kep
ositi
on
(Piv
otce
nter
)
Pivot center
Op
erat
ion
poi
nt
Cas
ece
nter
ON start positionOFF start position
ON
star
tpos
ition
OFF
star
tpos
ition
ON angular terminalOFF angular terminal
(52.
4°)
(14.7°)
0.25
1.0
0.75
0.7
0.4
3.4 2.
0±0.
1φ0
.6±0
.05
(1.2)
1.2±0.2
0.5
0.65
4.02.7
0.5
1.0
(3.2)
0.7
1.4
(2.0
)3.1
3.55
0.54R0.3
3.2
4.13.
0
1.2
3.6
0.25
1.15
5.4
1.8
0.5
(1.2)
1.0
0.25
(52.4°)
(14.7°)0.65R
0.3
2.6 max.
5.43.2
1.83.6
0.25
1.15
3.0
1.2
3.8
0.54
0.250.4
0.5
0.52.74.0
1.2±0.2
φ0.6
±0.0
5
3.4
0.5
2.9
2.6
(2)
1.4
1.0
0.75
0.7
0.7
0.5
0.25
2.0±
0.1
Operation point
Full stroke position
Pivot center
Pivot centerDummy terminal
Case center
ON start positionOFF start position
ON angular terminalOFF angular terminal
Actiondirection
No. 4
Normal openwith BossESE18R11D
Normal openwithout BossESE18R11C
Normal closedwith BossESE18R61D
Normal closedwithout BossESE18R61C
Standard stroke typeESE18R Straight terminals1-pole 1-throw
Long stroke typeESE18L Straight ter mi nals1-pole 1-throw
No. 5
No. 6
Normal openwith BossESE18L12D
Normal openwithout BossESE18L12C
Normal closedwith BossESE18L62D
Normal closedwithout BossESE18L62C
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
Standard stroke typeESE18R J-bent terminals1-pole 1-throwNormal open
with BossESE18R11B
Normal openwithout BossESE18R11A
Normal closedwith BossESE18R61B
Normal closedwithout BossESE18R61A
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE18
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES36 –
2.74.0
0.65φ0
.6±0
.05
2.0±
0.1
0.40.25
(1.2)
1.2± 0.2
1.03.25.4
1.83.6
0.5
1.2
0.25
1.15
3.0
3.8
0.50.25
3.4
0.25
0.5
(3.2)
0.5
0.70.
750.
7
1.01.4
(2.0
)3.1
0.54
R0.3
3.55
(14.7 °)
(52.4°)
Operation point
Full stroke position
Pivot center
Pivot center Dummy terminal
Case center
ON start positionOFF start position
ON angular terminalOFF angular terminal
2.74.0
0.65
φ0.6
±0.0
52.
0±0.
13.
4
0.40.25
(1.2)
1.2±0.2
1.03.25.4
1.83.6
0.5
1.2
0.25
1.15
3.0
0.5
0.5 4.
1
(3.2)
0.5
0.70.
750.
7
1.01.4
(2.0
)3.1
0.54
R0.3
3.55
(14.7 °)
(52.4°)
Full
stro
kep
ositi
on
(Piv
otce
nter
)
Pivot center
Op
erat
ion
poi
nt
Cas
ece
nter
ON start positionOFF start position
ON
star
tpos
ition
OFF
star
tpos
ition
ON angular terminalOFF angular terminal
Dummy terminal
C1C 1
Dummy Dummy
Commonterminal
Dummy Dummy
Commonterminal
C1C 1
Dummy Dummy
Commonterminal
Dummy Dummy
Commonterminal
Circuit Diagram
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 7
Normal openwith BossESE18R12B
Normal openwithout BossESE18R12A
Normal closedwith BossESE18R62B
Normal closedwithout BossESE18R62A
Long stroke typeESE18R Straight ter mi nals1-pole 1-throw
Long stroke typeESE18R J-bent terminals1-pole 1-throw
No. 8
Normal openwith BossESE18R12D
Normal openwithout BossESE18R12C
Normal closedwith BossESE18R62D
Normal closedwithout BossESE18R62C
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)
Normal open type1-pole 1-throw (N . O)Type ESE18L Type ESE18R
Normal closed type1-pole 1-throw (N . C)Type ESE18L Type ESE18R
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE18
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES37 –
Packed portion Cover tape
Carrier tape
END TOPDrawing direction
Pilot holesLeading portion 400 mm min.
Non-packed portion(160 mm min.)
Non-packed portion(100 mm min.)
16.0
±0.3
1.75
±0.1
7.5±
0.1
P=8.0±0.14.0±0.12.0±0.1
φ1.5 +0.10
13.5
φ380.0±2.0 16.4
Packaging Specifi cations Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Taping Reel Embossed Carrier Taping
Standard stroke typeLong stroke type
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE31
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES38 –
1
E
2
S
3
E
4 5 6 7 8 9
Product Code Design No
13
6thLR
Left-side operation typeRight-side operation type
Type
2HL Detector Switches
Type: ESE31
Features Increased the mounting strength Mounting strength: 80 N Decreased the profi le of the switch body Height: 1.7 mm Increased the contact reliability and lifespan.
Lifespan: 100,000 operations or more
Recommended Ap pli ca tions Detection of media in portable electronic equipment
Explanation of Part Numbers
Specifi cations
Rating 50 µA 3 Vdc to 10 mA 5 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max. (Initial)
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (100 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 100 Vac for 1 minute
Operating Force 390 mN max.
Mounting Height 1.7 mm
Poles and Throws 1-pole 1-throw
Full Travel(Pushing distance)
3.2 mm (2.15 mm)
Operating Life 50000 cycles min.
Temperature Range –10 °C to +70 °C
Heat Resistance +85 °C for 96 hours
Low Temperature Resistance –40 °C for 96 hours
Humidity Resistance +60 °C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 2500 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 15000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE31
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES39 –
PWB mounting hole for reference
HorizontalON positionmeasuringposition
Vertical directionON starting position
Verti
cal
dire
ctio
n
Horizontaldirection
1.11.5
1.6
1.7
0.5
5.5
5.9
2-φ1±0.05
0.5±
0.05
3.2
2.3
1.2
1.05 (2
.5)
1.45
5.45
±0.1
0.26±0.25
2.5±
0.1
5.2
2.5
0.6
(1)
Operation point
2.8
0.42
1.21 13.5
7.45
+0.05–0
1.2
1.6
1.76.1
6.0
5.69.0
1.1
+0.05–0φ1.1
φ1.3
2.5
0.14
(8.6
5)5.
44.
35
R3.8
5.75
1.1
2-C0.2
Horizontal ON positionMeasuring position
φ380.0±2.0 16.4
Packed portion Cover tape
Carrier tape
END TOPDrawing direction
Pilot holesLeading portion 400 mm min.
Non-packed portion(160 mm min.)
Non-packedportion
(100 mm min.)
16.0
±0.3
1.75
±0.1
7.5±
0.1
P=12.0±0.1φ1.5 +0.10
13.5
4.0±0.12.0±0.1
Common terminal
Common terminal
Common terminal
C 1
C C Common terminal Common terminal
Common terminalC1
C C
PWB mounting hole for reference
HorizontalON positionmeasuringposition
Vertical directionON starting position
Verti
cald
irect
ion
Horizontaldirection
Horizontal ON positionOperation point1.1
1.5
1.6
1.7
0.5
5.52-C0.2
5.9
2-φ1±0.05
0.5±
0.05
3.2
2.3
1.2
1.05(2
.5)
1.45
5.45
±0.1
0.26±0.25
2.5±
0.1
5.2
2.5
0.6
(1)
Measuring position2.
80.42
1.2 113.57.45
+0.05–0
1.2
1.6
1.76.1
6.0
5.69.0
1.1
+0.05–0φ1.1
φ1.3
2.5
0.14
(8.6
5)5.
44.
35
R3.8R0.2
5.751.
1
Circuit Diagram
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Packaging Specifi cations Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 1 ESE31L11T No. 2 ESE31R11T
1-pole 1-throw 1-pole 1-throw
ESE31R11T
Taping Reel Embossed Carrier Taping
1-pole 1-throw (N . O)
ESE31L11T
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE22
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES40 –
2N Detector Switches
Type: ESE22
Features Can be operated with different actuation angles (horizontally and vertically) Refl ow soldering Light operating force
Explanation of Part Numbers
Specifi cations
Rating 50 µA 3 Vdc to 10 mA 5 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max. (Initial)
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (100 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 100 Vac for 1 minute
Operating Force 300 mN max.
Mounting Height · Type MV 4.1 mm · Type MH 2.1 mm · Type MH with Frame 2.85 mm
Poles and Throws 1-pole 1-throw
Full Travel (Pushing distance) · Type MV 4.25 mm(2.05 mm) · Type MH 1.2 mm(2.0 mm) · Type MH with Frame 0.6 mm(2.0 mm)
Operating Life 50000 cycles min.
Temperature Range –10 °C to +70 °C
Heat Resistance +80 °C for 96 hours
Low Temperature Resistance –25 °C for 96 hours
Humidity Resistance +40 °C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit
500 pcs. Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)
· Type MV 1000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack) · Type MH with Frame 3000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack) · Type MH 4000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton
10000 pcs. Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)
· Type MV 6000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack) · Type MH with Frame 18000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack) · Type MH 24000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Recommended Applications Detection of media in portable electronic equipment
E
1
S
2
E
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2 2
Product Code Type Design No.Style
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE22
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES41 –
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 4 1-pole 1-throw
Part Numbers Packaging Part Numbers Packaging
ESE22MV21 Polyethylene Bag (Bulk) ESE22MH51 Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)
ESE22MV21T Embossed Taping (Reel Pack) ESE22MH52 Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
No. 3 1-pole 1-throw
Type
Part Numbers H : boss Packaging
Type
Part Numbers H : boss PackagingESE22MH21 0.5 Polyethylene Bag (Bulk) ESE22MH23 0.5 Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)ESE22MH27 1.0 Polyethylene Bag (Bulk) ESE22MH28 1.0 Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)ESE22MH22 0.5 Embossed Taping (Reel Pack) ESE22MH24 0.5 Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)ESE22MH27T 1.0 Embossed Taping (Reel Pack) ESE22MH28T 1.0 Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
No. 1 1-pole 1-throw No. 2 1-pole 1-throw
With Frame Type
0.35 max.
0.1mi
n.
0.12
6.15
1.3
2.1
0.6
–0.2
+0.
32.
63.
95
3.51
0.6
0.18±0.25
1.4
1.2
2.2φ0.7
1.21.2
0.28
0.08
(2.1
)
0.51
0.98
R4.55
R0.4
5
2.85 0.5
0.6
4.75
1.5
C0.2
21±0.1
54
3
1
2
5.95
0.2 0.23.54.8
Vertical directionON starting position
Horizontal ON positionmeasuring point
Full stroke position
Part APart A
Horizontal ON startingposition
5.95
Center of on start positionin case of horizontal operation
PWB mounting hole for reference(Tolerance:±0.05)
(Scale:1/2)
3.5
3.5
2-φ0.7
+0.05
(Hole
)00.
5
1.6
1.6
2.0
1.4
1.6 1.62.
02.
95
1.4
5.71.0
1.0
3.44.4
R0.3
R0.1 R4.5
4.255.
15.85
(3.1
)
±0.3
0-0.1
±0.1
1.93.
8 ±0.1
(φ0.7)
C0.2
5.9
±0.3
6.3
±0.3
4.1
1.95
φ1.20-0.1
(4.0)
φ1.0
0.45
0.13
max
.
±0.11.0
1.0
1.50.88
Pushable height
PWB mounting hole for reference(View from A direction, SCL=1/2)
Horizontal ON positionmeasuring position
ON startingposition
ON startingposition
0.2
A
1.4
1.5
1.5
2.4
4.0
Operatingdirection
φ1.1 +0.10
φ1.3 +0.101.4
3.5
ON startingposition
HorizontalON positionmeasuringposition
Full strokeposition
Boss centerON starting position standard
Vertical directionON starting position
1.01.45
1.9
H
1.0 1.0 1.01.43.5
2.1 max.
(8.6
5)2.
52.
32.
71.
2 (φ0.7)
6.55.
03.
953.
22.
81.
5
2-φ1.0
0±0.05
0.05
R4.5
0.880.262.2
5.7
(The hole for flux prevention)2.2
1.75.3
PWB mounting hole for reference
6.0 3.
5
2.5±
0.1
φ1.1 +0.05hole0
φ1.1 hole
ON startingposition
HorizontalON positionmeasuringposition
Full strokeposition
Boss centerON starting position standard
Vertical directionON starting position
1.0 1.0 1.01.43.5
1.9
H
5.70.88
0.262.2
R4.5
(φ0.7
)
2-φ1.0
0±0.05
0.05
1.2 2.
32.
52.
7
6.5 5.
03.
953.
22.
8
(8.6
5)2.1 max.
1.01.45
1.5
2.2
1.75.3
6.0 3.
5
2.5±
0.1
2φ1.1 +0.05hole0 φ1.1 hole
(The hole fluxprevention)
PWB mounting hole for reference
Sep. 201000
Detector Switches/ESE22
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES42 –
Circuit Diagram
Packaging Specifi cations Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Solder lug TypeWith Frame Type
Solder lug Type
Part Numbers Packaging Part Numbers Packaging
ESE22MH53 Polyethylene Bag (Bulk) ESE22MH57 Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)
ESE22MH54 Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Part Numbers Packaging
ESE22MH58 Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)
No. 7 1-pole 1-throw
No. 5 1-pole 1-throwNo. 6 1-pole 1-throw
Taping Reel Embossed Carrier Taping
1-pole 1-throw (N.O)
ESE22MH
ESE22MV
16.4φ380.0±2.0
Carrier tape
Cover tape
Insert direction of switch
Carrier tapeTOPEND Drawing direction
Pilot holesLeading portion 400 mm min.
Cover tapePacked portionNon-packed portion
(100 mm min.)Non-packed portion
(160 mm min.)
16.0
±0.3
1.75
±0.1
7.5±
0.1
P=8.0±0.14.0±0.12.0±0.1
φ1.5 +0.10
13.5
16.0
±0.3
1.75
±0.1
7.5
P=12.0±0.1
4.0±0.12.0±0.1
φ1.5 +0.10
13.5
7.9 0.410.0
Drawing directionPilot holes
Leading portion 400 mm min.
Packed portion (100 mm min.)(160 mm min.)Non-packed portionNon-packed portion
TOPEND
Horizontal operationON starting position
Vertical directionON starting position
Horizontal ON positionmeasuring point
Full stroke position
Part A Part A
Part A
0.1
min
.
Part APart A
4.15
3.35
0.08
0.280.18±0.25
5.95
0.98
4.83.5 0.20.2
R0.45
6.15
3.5 1.61.6
2-φ1
0.1
(2.1
)
φ0.72.2
1.3
1.2 1.2
1.40.
6
3.95
–0.2
+0.
32.
6
0.6
2.1
1.2
R4.55
0.5
1±0.12
C0.2
2
0.6
0.52.85
1
23
4
5
Commonterminal
Commonterminal
C
C
Part A
6.15
2.1
0.6
0.18±0.25
1.4 2.2
1.21.2
0.28
0.08
0.98
R4.55
R0.45
3.5 1.61.6
φ0.7
0.1
1.3
–0.2
+0.
32.
63.
951.2
(2.1
)0.
6
54
1
32
0.5
2.85 0.5
0.6
C0.2
21±0.1
2
5.95
0.2 0.23.54.8
0.1m
in.
2-φ1 4.153.
35
Horizontal on positionmeasuring point
Horizontal on startingposition
Vertical directionON starting position
Full stroke position
Part APart A
Part A Part A
Horizontal ON startingposition
Vertical directionON starting position
Horizontal ON positionmeasuring point
Full stroke position
Part A Part A
0.1mi
n.
0.35 max.
5.954.83.5 0.20.2
(2.1
)
0.08
0.28
φ0.72.2
1.3
1.2 1.2
1.4
0.18±0.25
0.6
3.95
–0.2
+0.
32.
6
0.6
2.1
6.15
1.2
0.98
R4.55
0.5
1±0.12
C0.2
2
1.5
0.1
0.6
0.52.85
1
2
3
45
4.75
1 13.5
R0.45
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE11
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES43 –
E
1
S
2
E
3
1
4
1
5 6 7 8 9
5N Detector Switches
Type:ESE11
Explanation of Part Numbers
Features Wide range of customizable fea tures including operational directions Light operating force Wide available range for refl ow soldering
Recommended Ap pli ca tions Detection of media in portable electronic equipment
Specifi cations
Rating 50 µA 3 Vdc to 10 mA 5 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max. (Initial)
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (100 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 100 Vac for 1 minute
Operating Force 350 mN max. (Full Travel)
Mounting Height
· Type SV 4.9 mm · Type MV 4.9 mm (MV2, 7 : 5.4 mm) · Type SH 5.25 mm · Type MH 4.25 mm · Type HS, SF 3.6 mm
Poles and Throws 1-pole 1-throw
Full Travel (Pushing distance)
· Type SV 6.1 mm (2.4 mm) · Type MV 6.1 mm (2.4 mm) · Type SH 3.0 mm (2.4 mm) · Type MH 1.7 mm (2.4 mm) · Type HS, SF 6.3 mm (2.4 mm)
Operating Life 50000 cycles min.
Temperature Range –10 °C to +70 °C
Heat Resistance +80 °C for 96 hours
Low Temperature Resistance –25 °C for 96 hours
Humidity Resistance +40 °C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE11
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES44 –
5.2
6.4
2.2
3.0
2.45
4.9 8.
5(2
.7)
1.0
(3.3)
φ1.2–0.1
0.1
7.75
6.1
1.27
ON startingposition
Lever center
φ1.25 +0.05
0
A
Full travel1.00.8
1.0
1.00.952.3
PWB mounting hole for referenceView from A
0
2.3(2.45)
0.95
4–φ1.10 +0.050
3.3
5.26.4
2.2
3.0
1.651.0
4.9
1.0
8.5±
0.2
1.0
1.75 φ1.20
–0.1
7.75
6.1
1.27ON startingposition
1.65±0.1
0.8
Full travel
1.51.751.0
1.41.85
1.4
1.4
2.0
2.0
1.4
3.353.25
2-φ1.3 Hole
A
PWB mounting hole for referenceView from A
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit
ESE11SVESE11MVESE11SHESE11MHESE11HSESE11SF
200 pcs.Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)
ESE11MVT(Excluding : ESE11MV2)
800 pcs.Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
ESE11MHT1500 pcs.
Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/
Carton
ESE11SVESE11MVESE11SHESE11MHESE11HSESE11SF
10000 pcs.Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)
ESE11MV28000 pcs.
Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)
ESE11MVT(Excluding : ESE11MV2)
4800 pcs.Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
ESE11MHT9000 pcs.
Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
No. 1 ESE11SV1 No. 2 ESE11MV1
Ver
tical
Typ
e
Gold platingESE11MV5
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
For refl ow soldering1-pole 1-throw
For wave soldering1-pole 1-throw
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE11
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES45 –
6.4
2.35
0.1
3.15
ON startingposition
2.35
Lever center
Full travel
5.61.65
6.5
5.44.65
3.0
1.27
4.2
4.75
5.7
5.9
5.361.5
1.01.75
1.0
0.8
5.1
8.5
1.0φ1.2
3.1
1.75 1.5
2-φ1.10
2-φ1.20(1.65)
(5.4
)
5.36
A
3.0
1.03.2
5.25
PWB mounting hole for referenceView from A
5.26.4
2.2
3.0
1.651.0
5.4 7.5 11
.01.
0
1.75 φ1.20
–0.1
10.2
5
8.6
max
.
1.27
ON startingposition
1.65
0.8
Full travel
1.5 1.751.0
1.41.85
1.4
1.4
2.0
2.0
1.4
3.353.25
2-φ1.3 Hole
A
PWB mounting hole for referenceView from A
5.26.4
1.5 1.751.0
2.2
3.0
1.651.0
1.0
1.0
4.9
8.5
1.751.65φ1.2
1.27
0.8
6.1 7.75
0–0.1
4–1.41.85
3.253.35
2.0
2.0
4–1.
4
2–φ1.30 +0.050
A
ON starting position
Full travel
PWB mounting hole for referenceView from A
6.4
2.35
0.1
3.15
ON startingposition
2.35
Lever center
Full travel
5.61.65
6.5
5.44.65
3.0
1.27
4.2
4.75
5.7
5.9
5.361.75
1.01.5
1.0
0.8
5.1
8.5
1.0φ1.2
3.1
1.5 1.75
2-φ1.10
2-φ1.20(1.65)
(5.4
)
5.36
A
3.0
1.03.2
5.25
PWB mounting hole for referenceView from A
For refl ow soldering1-pole 1-throw
For refl ow soldering1-pole 1-throw
No. 5 ESE11SH1C No. 6 ESE11SH2C
Gold platingESE11SH5
Ver
tical
Typ
eH
oriz
onta
l Typ
e
No. 3 ESE11MV9 No. 4 ESE11MV2
For refl ow soldering1-pole 1-throw
For wave soldering1-pole 1-throw
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Gold platingESE11SH6
Gold platingESE11MV13
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE11
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES46 –
7.654.5
5.2
3.75 3.0
3.6
1.0
1.0
8.6
6.15 1.5
1.0
5.85 1.
03.
64.
51.
50.
9
2.85
1.15
1.61.75 1.5
2.25
φ1.00.11.65
7.0
6.25
4.6
6.3 7.
95 8.7
2.21.27
ON startingposition
Full travel
AB
ON startingposition
Full travel
φ1.30+0.05
hole0 φ1.30+0.05
hole0
6.15 6.15
4.50±0.05
5.85
5.85
2.85
±0.0
5
1.15
±0.0
5
7.65±0.05M2 screw hole
M2 screw hole
PWB mounting hole for reference
AView from side BView from side
φ1.2–0.10
φ1.2–0.10
φ2.0–0.1
0
7.654.5
5.2
3.75 3.0
3.6
1.0
1.0
8.6 φ1.2–0.1
6.15 1.5
1.0
5.85
1.0
3.6
4.5
1.5
0.9
2.85
1.15
1.61.75 1.5
2.25
φ1.00.11.65
7.0
6.25
4.6
6.3 7.
95 8.7
2.21.27
ON startingposition
Full travel
AB
ON startingposition
Full travel
φ1.30+0.05
hole0 φ1.30+0.05
hole0M2 screw hole
6.15 6.15
4.50±0.05
5.85
5.85
2.85
±0.0
5
1.15
±0.0
5
7.65±0.05
M2 screw hole
PWB mounting hole for reference
AView from side BView from side
0
φ1.2–0.10
φ2.0–0.1
0
7.6
0.8
4.9
0.2
0.5 0.1 φ1
.2
4.25 3.0
6.7
2.2
0.6
3.4
1.4
1.65
1.0
6.45.6
1.21.75 1.5
5.36
0.7 5.4
5.36
5.0
4.43.22.9
0.6–0.05
3.7–0.7
1.7 1.0
4.1 4.6
2.1
1.27
Full travel
ON starting position
C0.2
2-φ0.70 hole
1.75 1.51.4
1.6 1.6
A
0
0
PWB mounting hole for referenceView from A
7.6
0.8
4.9
0.2
0.5 0.1 φ1
.2
4.25 3.0
6.7
2.2
0.6
3.4
1.4
1.651.0
6.45.6
1.21.751.5
5.36
0.7 5.4
5.36
5.0
4.43.22.9
0.6–0.05
1.7 1.0
3.35
4.1 4.6
2.1
1.27
Full travel
C0.2
2-φ0.70
1.5 1.751.4
1.6 1.6
ON starting position
A
0
PWB mounting hole for referenceView from A
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)No. 7 ESE11MH1 No. 8 ESE11MH2
Gold platingESE11MH3
No. 9 ESE11HS1 No. 10 ESE11HS2
Hor
izon
tal T
ype
Gold platingESE11MH4
For wave soldering1-pole 1-throw
For refl ow soldering1-pole 1-throw
For refl ow soldering1-pole 1-throw
For refl ow soldering1-pole 1-throw
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE11
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES47 –
8.0
2.2
5.2
0.6
1.51.65
1.6
1.0
0.8
0.7
3.6
8.7±
0.2
6.3 7.
95 8.7
4.5
0.9
1.5
(2.6
)1.
0
1.75 1.52.25
1.3+0.50
1.650.1
1.0
5.35
3.35
±0.0
5
7.0
3.35
3.6
1.5
3.0
1.0
0.50.6
1.27
0.5φ1.2–0.1
φ1.0
φ1.2
Full travelON startingposition
1.3+0.50
φ1.30+0.050
8.00+0.050
1.8+
0.5
0
A
0
PWB mounting hole for reference(PWB thickness=0.80±0.05)
View from A
With mounting hole1-pole 1-throw
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)H
oriz
onta
l Typ
e
No. 11 ESE11SF1A
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE11
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES48 –
Commonterminal
LeverFrameFrame
Commonterminal
Commonterminal
Commonterminal
Commonterminal
MH, SH Type
1-pole 1-throw (N.O) 1-pole 1-throw (N.O) 1-pole 1-throw (N.O)
1
1
2C
C
C
MV, SV Type SF, HS Type
C C
16.4φ380±2.0
END TOP
16.0
±0.3
1.75
±0.1
(7.5
)
P=12.0±0.14.0±0.12.0±0.1
φ1.5 +0.10
13.5
Carrier tape
Cover tape
Drawing direction
Pilot holes Leading portion 400 mm min.
Packed portion (100 mm min.)(160 mm min.)Non-packed portionNon-packed portion
END TOP
16.0
±0.3
1.75
±0.1
(7.5
)
P=12.0±0.14.0±0.12.0±0.1
φ1.5 +0.10
13.5
Carrier tape
Cover tape
Drawing direction
Pilot holes Leading portion 400 mm min.
Packed portion (100 mm min.)(160 mm min.)Non-packed portionNon-packed portion
Circuit Diagram
Packaging Specifi cations Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Taping Reel Embossed Carrier Taping
ESE11MV1T, ESE11MV5T, ESE11MV9T
ESE11MH1T, ESE11MH2T
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE23
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES49 –
E
1
S
2
E
3
2
4
3
5 6 7 8 91
Product Code Type Design No.
6thFJ
Terminal TypeStraight TypeJ-bent Type
7th01
Positioning BossWithout Boss
With Boss
1HW Detector Switches
Type: ESE23
Features External dimensions : 4.1 mm5.0 mm, Height 1.5 mm Long over-travel (through-operation available) Usable as an operation switch (an input device)
Explanation of Part Numbers
Bidirectional operation, midpoint auto-return Type
Rec om mend ed Applications Detection of media in portable electronic equipment (CD-ROM, DVD, Digital still cameras, etc.) Operating switches for other electronic equipment.
Specifi cations
Rating 50 µA 3 Vdc to 10 mA 5 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max. (Initial)
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (100 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 100 Vac for 1 minute
Operating Force 300 mN max.
Mounting Height 1.5 mm
Poles and Throws 1-pole 2-throws (OFF at midpoint)
Full Travel (Pushing distance) With Boss 1.0 mm (1.5 mm) Without Boss 2.2 mm (1.5 mm)
Operating Life 50000 cycles min.
Temperature Range –10 °C to +60 °C
Heat Resistance +70 °C for 96 hours
Low Temperature Resistance –25 °C for 96 hours
Humidity Resistance +40 °C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 4000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 24000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE23
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES50 –
Pivot center
On position
Full position
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance : ±0.05)
0.61.4
C0.15
2.0
1.2
1.5 0.40.25
2.0
2.0
4-0.
9
6.44.2
0.8
2.0
-0+0.1
φ0.7
0.35 max. 0.35 max.
(0.5
)2.61.80.9
2.0
1.2
4.15
0.5
0.55
0.25
CC
21
5.0 φ0.6
1.0 2.
22.
5
0.18
R0.1
Pivot center
On position
Full position
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance : ±0.05)
2.61.80.9
R0.1
2.0
1.2
4.15
0.5
0.55
0.25
CC
21
5.0 φ0.6
1.0 2.
22.
5
0.18
0.61.4
C0.15
2.0
1.2
1.5 0.40.25
2.0
2.0
4-0.
9
6.44.2
0.8
2.0
-0+0.1
φ0.7
Commonterminal
Commonterminal
Terminal No.
Leverposition
F
b
a
c1 2
C
b aF
C
1 2
φ380.0±2.0 16.4
Drawing directionEND TOP
16.0
±0.3
13.5
1.75
±0.1
7.5±
0.1
P=8.0±0.14.0±0.12.0±0.1
φ1.5 +0.10Carrier tape
Cover tape
Pilot holesLeading portion 400 mm min.
Packed portion (100 mm min.)(13 blanks min.)
(160 mm min.)Non-packed portionNon-packed portion
No. 1 ESE23F101 Straight terminal with boss(Without Boss available)
ESE23J101 J-bent terminal with boss(Without Boss available)
No. 2
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
1-pole 2-throws
Packaging Specifi cations
Circuit Diagram
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Taping Reel Embossed Carrier Taping
1-pole 2-throws (N . O)
1-pole 2-throws
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE24
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES51 –
E
1
S
2
E
3
2
4
4
5 6 7 8 9
6th & 7thSVSHMVMH
Mounting Method & StyleVertical type for wave soldering
Horizontal type for wave solderingVertical type for reflow soldering
Horizontal type for reflow soldering
Explanation of Part Number
Recommended Applications Detection of media in portable electronic equipment (CD-ROM, DVD, Digital still cameras, etc.) Operating switches for other electronic equipment.
2W Detector Switches
Type: ESE24
Features A lever-type detector switch with high reliability using
sliding mechanical contacts Long over-travel (through-operation available) Used as an operation switch (an input device)
Bidirectional operation, auto-return to midpoint type.
1 ESE24SH type: 160 pcs. (Polyethylene Bag), 8000 pcs. (Reel Pack)2 ESE24SV, ESE24SH are excluded
Specifi cations
Rating 50 µA 3 Vdc to 10 mA 5 Vdc (Resistive load)Contact Resistance 500 m max. (Initial)Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (100 Vdc)Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 100 Vac for 1 minuteOperating Force 350 mN max.
Mounting Height
· Type SV 5.6 mm · Type SH 4.65 mm · Type MV 5.6 mm · Type MH 3.0 mm
Poles and Throws 1-pole 2-throws (OFF at midpoint)
Full Travel (Pushing distance)
· Type SV 6.1 mm (2.45 mm) · Type SH 2.6 mm (2.45 mm) · Type MV 6.1 mm (2.45 mm) · Type MH 1.4 mm (2.45 mm)
Operating Life 50000 cycles min.Temperature Range –10 °C to +70 °CHeat Resistance +80 °C for 96 hoursLow Temperature Resistance –25 °C for 96 hoursHumidity Resistance +40 °C 90 % to 95 % RH for 96 hours
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit ESE24MH, MV, SV, SH 200 pcs. Polyethylene Bag (Bulk) 1
ESE24MHT 1000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)2
ESE24MVT 500 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton ESE24MH, MV, SV, SH 10000 pcs. Polyethylene Bag (Bulk) ESE24MHT 6000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack) ESE24MVT 3000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE24
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES52 –
5.6
5.6
7.5
7.258.4
4.32.7
7.54.32.7
8.55
8.55
1.0
5.05
3.5
2.1
0.2
3.01.0
3.01.0
1.51.5
4.653.65
1.0
3.0 0.5
C0.2
2.01.0
1.4
2.7
2.75
3.83.0 1.65
1.0
3.0
2.52.52.9
5.44.0
1.0
0.257.25
7.25
7.502.00 2.000.25
1.0
φ1.0
6-1.40
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.6
4.7
3.85
1.5
1.2
0.2
0.1
2.55
0.2
2.507.16
2.50
2.90
2.502.50
6-φ1
.10+0.0
5
0
2-φ1
.20
2-φ0.7
0 (Hole
)
+0.05
0
3-φ1.10 +0.050
2.52.52.50
5.50
2.503-1.40
1.60
1.60
4.50
2.20
2.502.50
5.80
3.60
2.5 2.5
68˚26'
68˚26'
29˚24'
7.54.32.7
68˚26'29˚24'
7.54.32.7
68˚26'29˚24'
29˚24'
1.6
5.5
2-φ1
.10+0.0
5
0
2.52.51.0
1 C 2
1 C 2
1 C 2
1 C 2
6.1
(Ful
lpos
ition
)
7.05
to7.
55(P
ushi
ngp
ositi
on)
4.45
(Rot
ativ
ece
nter
)
3.55
to4.
05(P
ushi
ngpo
sitio
n)0.
95(R
otat
ivece
nter
)
8.05
(ON
starti
ngpo
sition
)
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)(PWB thickness=0.8)
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.05)(PWB thickness=0.8)
PWB mounting hole for reference(Tolerance: ±0.05)
PWB mounting hole for reference(Tolerance: ±0.05)
6.1(
Fullp
ositio
n)8.
05(O
Nsta
rting
posit
ion)
2.6
(Ful
lpos
ition)
4.55(
ONsta
rting
posit
ion)
7.05
to7.
55(P
ushi
ngp
ositi
on)
2.35
to2.
85(P
ushi
ngp
ositi
on)
4.45
(Rot
ativ
ece
nter
)
0.25
(Rot
ativ
ece
nter
)
1.4
(Ful
lpos
ition)
3.35
(ON
star
ting
posit
ion)
Positioning boss
positioning boss
No. 1 ESE24SH1 Horizontal type for wave solderingESE24SV3 Vertical type for wave soldering No. 2
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
1-pole 2-throws 1-pole 2-throws
No. 3 ESE24MH1 Horizontal type for refl ow solderingESE24MV1 Vertical type for refl ow soldering No. 41-pole 2-throwsESE24MV1T (Embossed Taping)
1-pole 2-throwsESE24MH1T (Embossed Taping)
Oct. 201200
Detector Switches/ESE24
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES53 –
φ380.0±2.0 24.4
END
END
TOP
TOP
ESE24MHT
24.0
±0.3
1.75
±0.1
(11.
5)
P=16.0±0.1
4.0±0.12.0±0.1 φ1.5
+0.10
21.5
ESE24MVT
24.0
±0.3
1.75
±0.1
(11.
5)
P=16.0±0.1
4.0±0.12.0±0.1 φ1.5
+0.10
21.5
0.49.9±0.2
Carrier tape
Carrier tape
Cover tape
Cover tape
Drawing direction
Drawing direction
Pilot holes
Pilot holes
Leading portion 400 mm min.
Leading portion400 mm min.
Packed portion (100 mm min.)(160 mm min.)Non-packed portionNon-packed portion
Packed portion (100 mm min.)(160 mm min.)Non-packed portionNon-packed portion
F
b
a
c1 2
b aF
C1 2
Commonterminal
Terminal No.
Leverposition
Packaging Specifi cations
Circuit Diagram
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Taping Reel Embossed Carrier Taping
1-pole 2-throws (N . O)
Oct. 201200
– ES54 –
Multi Function Switches
CONTENTS
Page
Quick Selection Guide .......................................................................................................... ES55
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit............................................................................................ ES56
Jog Ball (EVQWJN)............................................................................................................... ES57
Oct. 201200
Multi Function Switches
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES55 –
Quick Selection Guide
Type, Series AppearancePart
NumbersCountry of
origin
External
Dimensions
LWH (mm)
Operating Force
Applicable
Soldering
SMD
Page
Jog Ball EVQWJN China 10.79.36.0Push : 1.0 N, 1.3 N, 1.6 N (Use of EVQP6 Type)
Refl ow
SolderingES57
Country of origin : As of April 2013
Oct. 201200
Multi Function Switches
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES56 –
Type, Series Part Numbers Packaging Quantity/CartonMin.Q'ty/
Packing Unit
Jog Ball EVQWJN Tray Pack 1000 pcs. 200 pcs.
Minimum Quantity/Packing UnitPlease place an order by an integer multiple of the Quantity/Carton.
Oct. 201200
Multi Function Switches/EVQWJN
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES57 –
E
1
V
2
Q
3
W
4
J N
5 6 7 8 9
Product Code Type Design No.
PWB surface
Hall IC(Suggestion : Panasonic Semiconductor : AN48840B)
Push Switch(Suggestion : Panasonic Switch : EVQP6)
LED
<Ball rotary operation>Ball : 360 °
endless rotation+
Push operation
Specifi cations
Electrical Rating · 20 mA 15 Vdc (Use of EVQP6 Type) · 3 Vdc (Use of AN48840B Type)
Mechanical
Operating Force Push 1.0 N, 1.3 N, 1.6 N (Use of EVQP6 Type)
Resolution Rotate 11 pulses/ 360 °
Travel Push 0.9 mm
Endurance Operating lifeRotate 1000000 cycles min.
Push 1000000 cycles min. (Use of EVQP6 Type)
Temperature Range –20 °C to +70 °C
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 200 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity / Carton 1000 pcs.
Jog Ball
Type: EVQWJN
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Menu selection and confi rmation operations of portable
electronic equipment (Mobile phones, Digital cameras, Portable audio players, PDAs, and HPCs), car navigation systems, remote controllers, etc.
Features External dimensions : 10.7 mm9.3 mm, Height: 6.0 mm, Ball diameter : φ5.5 mm Long life : 1 million operations (each direction) Magnetic detection method. (Non-contact type) High resolution : 11 pulses/360 ° The ball rotation and push operation provide superior operability Light transmitting type (LED mounted on a PWB)
Note : Jog Ball requires, hall IC and a switch (LED) mounted on a PWB.
Usage Example
Oct. 201200
Multi Function Switches/EVQWJN
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES58 –
(Op
erat
ing
heig
ht)
(Ball)
9.3
MA
X
O
6.0
+0.15–0.059.1
+0.
15–0
.05
9.1
+0.15–0.1φ7.2+0.15–0.1φ6.2
φ5.5
+0.
15–0
.10.
9
+0.
25–0
.20.
55
+0.
15–0
.14.
69+0.
15–0
.1
+0.05–0.1
3.69
10.7±0.1
2-2.
4±0.
1
2.2±
0.1
2.0±
0.1
2.0±
0.1
2.2±
0.1
1.0±
0.1
0.5±
0.1
7.8±0.12-0.8
VI:Input, VO:Output
Electric connecting plan
Note : A to D are not equipped with this product.
Recommended parts :Panasonic Semiconductor :AN48840B
Recommended parts :Panasonic Switch :EVQP6 (Without knob)
Usage (Reference)
PWB land pattern for reference
SW Land patternIC Land pattern
DCover
CPWB
IC Center
IC Center
IC Center
IC Center
A1 Pcs Light Touch Switch
B4 Pcs. Hall Effect IC(Piercing)
(1.7)
(2.8)
2.2
3.6(3
.8)
6.0
4.7
(1.4)
3.7
SW Land
(0.6)
41
2
35
2-φ0.85
4-0.424-0.884-1.724-3.33
4-1.
264-
2.7 4-
3.43
7.8
1 2 3 4,5GND VI VO N.C.
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
EVQWJN
Usage Example
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches
– ES59 –
CONTENTS
Page
Quick Selection Guide .......................................................................................................... ES60
Checklist Befor Inquiry .......................................................................................................... ES62
Application Notes................................................................................................................... ES63
Common Specifi cations......................................................................................................... ES64
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit............................................................................................ ES65
4 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQP6/6P6/7P6/9P6) ................................... ES66
4.5 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQPQ)....................................................... ES70
4.9 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQPL/3PL/5PL/PT) .................................. ES73
6 mm Square Thin Type SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQP0/Q2) .................................. ES76
3.0 mm2.0 mm SMD Light Touch Switches (EVPAW) ..................................................... ES80
3.0 mm2.6 mm SMD Light Touch Switches (EVPAF) ...................................................... ES83
3.5 mm2.9 mm SMD Light Touch Switches (EVPAA)...................................................... ES86
4.7 mm3.5 mm SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQP2/P9/3P2)......................................... ES89
6.0 mm3.5 mm SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQPE1/PN/5P) ........................................ ES93
3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQP7/P3/9P7) ............ ES95
3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational Half Dive / SMD Light Touch Switches (EVPAN) ...... ES99
Small-sized Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQPU) ............................... ES102
2.8 mm2.3 mm Side-operational Edge Mount Light Touch Switches (EVPAV)............ ES106
4.5 mm2.2 mm Side-operational Edge Mount Light Touch Switches (EVPAE)............ ES108
6.2 mm2.5 mm Side-operational Edge Mount Light Touch Switches (EVQP4) ............ES110
6.1 mm4.0 mm Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQPS).........................ES113
5N Type Light Touch Switches (EVQPA/PB)......................................................................ES117
5N Type Side-operational Light Touch Switches (EVQPF) ...............................................ES120
5N Type 2R Light Touch Switches (EVQ2) ........................................................................ES122
5N Type Side-operational 4R Light Touch Switches (EVQPC).........................................ES124
Round Type 2R Light Touch Switches (EVQ11) ...............................................................ES126
6.0 mm3.5 mm Light Touch Switches (EVQPE) ..............................................................ES128
6.0 mm3.5 mm 2R Light Touch Switches (EVQPJ)........................................................ ES130
Over Travel Light Touch Switches (EVQP0).......................................................................ES132
4 mm Square Double-action SMD Light Touch Switches (EVPAH) ................................ ES134
6 mm Square Thin Type Double-action SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQPR/Q0/3PR) ....ES137
4.7 mm3.5 mm Double-action Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches (EVPAJ)....ES140
6.2 mm3.7 mm Double-action Side-operational Edge Mount / SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQQ0) ... ES143
6 mm Square Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQP0/P1/9P)..........................ES146
6 mm Square Long Travel 2 terminals SMD Light Touch Switches (EVPAS) .................ES149
6 mm Square Long Travel 2R Light Touch Switches (EVQPV)........................................ES152
8 mm Square Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches (EVQQ1).................................... ES154
8 mm Square Long Travel 2R Light Touch Switches (EVQQJ) ....................................... ES156
10 mm Square Center Space Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches (EVPAD) .......... ES158
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES60 –
Type, Series Appearance PartNumbers
Country of origin
ExternalDimensions
LWH (mm)
OperatingForce
ApplicableSoldering
SMDVariety Page
4 mm Square SMD
EVQP6
JapanMalaysia
4.14.10.354.14.10.58
1.6 N2.4 N
Refl ow
Push Plate:With, WithoutGround Terminal:With, WithoutPositioning Boss:Without
ES66
EVQ6P6EVQ7P6EVQ9P6
4.14.10.431.0 N1.6 N2.4 N
Push Plate:WithoutGround Terminal:WithPositioning Boss:Without
4.5 mm Square SMD EVQPQ Japan 4.54.50.55 1.6 N2.4 N Refl ow
Push Plate:WithoutGround Terminal:WithoutPositioning Boss:Without
ES70
4.9 mm Square SMD
EVQPLEVQ3PLEVQ5PLEVQPT
JapanMalaysia
4.94.90.84.94.91.5
1.0 N1.6 N2.6 N3.5 N
Refl owPush Plate:With, WithoutGround Terminal:WithPositioning Boss:Without
ES73
6 mm SquareThin Type SMD
EVQP0EVQQ2 Malaysia
6.56.02.06.56.02.56.56.03.1
0.5 N, 0.6 N1.0 N, 1.3 N1.6 N, 2.6 N
3.5 N
Refl owPush Plate:WithGround Terminal:With, WithoutPositioning Boss:Without
ES76
3.0 mm2.0 mm SMD EVPAW JapanChina 3.02.00.6
1.6 N2.4 N3.3 N
Refl ow Push Plate:With ES80
3.0 mm2.6 mm SMD EVPAFJapan
MalaysiaChina
3.02.60.65 1.3 N1.6 N
Refl ow Push Plate:With ES833.02.60.7 2.4 N
3.4 N
3.5 mm2.9 mm SMD EVPAA JapanChina 3.52.91.7
1.0 N, 1.6 N2.4 N, 3.5 N
5.0 NRefl ow
Push Plate:WithGround Terminal:With, WithoutPositioning Boss:Without
ES86
4.7 mm3.5 mm SMDEVQP2EVQP9EVQ3P2
Japan 4.73.52.14.73.52.5
1.0 N, 1.6 N2.4 N, 2.5 N3.5 N, 5.0 N
Refl ow
Push Plate:WithPush Travel:Middele, ShortGround Terminal:With, WithoutPositioning Boss:Without
ES89
6.0 mm3.5 mm SMDEVQPE1EVQPNEVQ5P
Japan 6.03.54.36.03.55.0
1.0 N1.6 N2.4 N
Refl ow
Push Platel:WithEmbossed TapingGround Terminal:WithoutPositioning Boss:Without
ES93
3.5 mm2.9 mmSide-operational SMD
EVQP7EVQP3EVQ9P7
JapanChina
Malaysia3.52.91.35 1.6 N
2.2 N Refl ow
Terminal:Straight, J-bent, L-shapeGround Terminal:With, WithoutPositioning Boss:With, Without
ES95
3.5 mm2.9 mmSide-operationalHalf Dive / SMD
EVPAN JapanMalaysia 3.52.91.2 1.6 N
2.2 N Refl ow Terminal:StraightL-shape ES99
Small-sizedSide-operational SMD EVQPU Japan
China 4.73.51.65 1.6 N2.2 N Refl ow
Terminal:Straight, J-bent Ground Terminal:With, WithoutPositioning Boss:With, Without
ES102
2.8 mm2.3 mmSide-operationalEdge Mount
EVPAV JapanChina 2.82.31.95 1.6 N Refl ow Ground Terminal:With
(Cover Plate) ES106
4.5 mm2.2 mmSide-operationalEdge Mount
EVPAE Japan 4.52.252.9 1.6 N3.0 N Refl ow Ground Terminal:With
(Cover Plate) ES108
6.2 mm2.5 mmSide-operationalEdge Mount EVQP4 Japan 6.22.553.5
1.0 N, 1.6 N2.4 N, 2.5 N3.5 N, 5.0 N
Refl owMounted on pc board edge
Push Plate:WithPush Travel:Middele, ShortGround Terminal:With(Cover Plate)
ES110
6.1 mm4.0 mmSide-operational SMD EVQPS Japan 6.14.01.8 1.6 N
2.2 N Refl owTerminal : Straight, J-bentGround Terminal:With, WithoutPositioning Boss:With, Without
ES113
Quick Selection Guide
Country of origin : As of April 2013
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES61 –
Type, Series Appearance PartNumbers
Country of origin
ExternalDimensions
LWH (mm)
OperatingForce
ApplicableSoldering
SMDVariety Page
5N TypeEVQPA
JapanMalaysia
China6.06.04.36.06.05.06.06.07.06.06.09.5
1.0 N1.3 N1.6 N2.6 N
ManualWave Soldering
Push Pla te:WithGround Terminal:With, Without ES117
EVQPB JapanChina
5N TypeSide-operational EVQPF Japan
7.57.17.157.57.17.857.57.19.857.57.112.35
1.0 N1.3 N1.6 N2.6 N
ManualWave Soldering Push Plate:With ES120
5N Type 2R EVQ2 JapanMalaysia
6.06.04.36.06.05.06.06.07.06.06.09.5
1.0 N1.3 N1.6 N2.6 N
Wave Soldering Push Plate:WithGround Terminal:With, Without ES122
5N TypeSide-operational 4R EVQPC Japan 7.57.19.25
1.0 N1.3 N1.6 N2.6 N
Wave Soldering Push Plate:With ES124
Round Type 2R EVQ11Japan
MalaysiaChina
6.06.04.36.06.05.06.06.07.06.06.09.5
1.0 N1.3 N1.6 N2.6 N
Wave Soldering Push Plate:WithGround Terminal:Without ES126
6.0 mm3.5 mm EVQPE Japan 6.03.54.36.03.55.0
1.0 N1.6 N2.4 N
Wave Soldering
Push Plate:WithBulkGround Terminal:WithoutPositioning Boss:Without
ES128
6.0 mm3.5 mm 2R EVQPJ Japan 6.03.54.36.03.55.0
1.0 N1.6 N2.4 N
Wave Soldering
Push Platel:WithRadial TapingGround Terminal:WithoutPositioning Boss:Without
ES130
Over Travel EVQP0 JapanChina 6.26.27.45 0.74 N
1.3 N Wave Soldering Push Plate:WithGround Terminal:Without ES132
4 mm SquareDouble-action SMD EVPAH Japan 4.04.10.59
10.8 N,0.9 N,1.0 N21.6 N,2.0 N,2.6 N
Refl ow
Push Plate:WithTerminal:J-bentGround Terminal:With(Cover Plate)
ES134
6 mm Square Thin Type Double-action SMD
EVQPREVQQ0EVQ3PR
Japan 6.06.00.96.06.00.95
10.7 N,1.0 N22.6 N
Refl owPush Plate:With, WithoutGround Terminal:With, WithoutPositioning Boss:With, Without
ES137
4.7 mm3.5 mmDouble-actionSide-operational SMD
EVPAJ Japan 4.73.51.2 1 1.6 N 2 2.6 N
Refl ow StraightL-shape ES140
6.2 mm3.7 mmDouble-actionSide-operationalEdge Mount / SMD
EVQQ0 Japan 6.23.753.5 1 1.0 N 2 2.6 N
Refl owMounted on pc board edge/Refl ow
Push Plate:WithGround Terminal:With(Cover Plate)
ES143
6 mm SquareLong Travel SMD
EVQP0EVQP1EVQ9P
Japan 6.06.15.01.6 N, 2.0 N2.2 N, 2.5 N3.0 N, 3.5 N
Refl ow
Push Plate:WithPush Travel:1.0 mm, 1.3 mmGround Terminal:Without
ES146
6 mm SquareLong Travel 2 terminals SMD
EVPAS Japan 6.06.15.01.6 N, 2.0 N2.2 N, 2.5 N3.0 N, 3.5 N
Refl ow
Push Plate:WithPush Travel:1.0 mm, 1.3 mmGround Terminal:Without
ES149
6 mm SquareLong Travel 2R EVQPV Japan 6.06.15.0
1.6 N2.0 N2.2 N2.5 N3.5 N
Wave Soldering
Push Plate:WithPush Travel:1.0 mm, 1.3 mmGround Terminal:Without
ES152
8 mm SquareLong Travel SMD EVQQ1 Japan 8.58.56.5 4.0 N
5.0 N Refl ow Push Plate:WithGround Terminal:Without ES154
8 mm SquareLong Travel 2R EVQQJ Japan
8.08.05.08.08.05.58.08.06.1
0.8 N1.3 N2.5 N3.0 N
Wave Soldering
Push Plate:WithPush Travel:1.0 mm, 1.2 mm, 1.75mmGround Terminal:Without
ES156
10 mm Square Center Space Long Travel SMD EVPAD Japan 9.89.84.7 4.0 N Refl ow
Push Plate:WithPush Travel:1.0 mmGround Terminal:Without
ES158
Country of origin : As of April 2013
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES62 –
Item Information (Requirements)
Com
mon
C-1 Inquiry purpose New use, Modifi cation, Others ( )
C-2 Modifi cation
Previous supplier
Conventional part No.
Purpose
C-3 Application
Equipment
Environment Indoor/Outdoor use, Stationary/Portable set, Car installationHigh humidity, SO2, NaCl
Temperature ( °C) to ( °C)
Ele
ctri
cal
Spe
cifi c
atio
ns
E-1 Ratings ( mA), ( V dc )
Sha
pes/
Dim
ensi
ons M-1 Operation
Operation type· Vertical (The push plate operation is perpendicular to the printed circuit board)· Horizontal (The push plate operation is parallel to the printed circuit board)
Operating force ( N)
Travel ( mm)
M-2 Anti-electrostatic Ground Terminal: With, Without
M-3 Shapes
Dimensions ( ) mm ( ) mm, hight( ) mm
Terminal Type(Refl ow) Flat Terminal,J-bent Terminal
Positioning Positioning Boss: with, without
Oth
ers
L-1 SolderingSoldering Manual, Flow, Refl ow
Soldering Conditions Temp.( °C ), Time ( s )
L-2 Packing Unit Polyethylene Bag (Bulk), Embossed Taping (Reel Pack), Raial Taping (Reel Pack), Stick
L-3 Special requirements for endurance
L-4 Special requirements for safety
L-5 Other questionnaires
Notes:1. When selecting Switches, please consider using our standard products for better prices and short delivery times.2. Please inform the following items when ordering.
Checklist Before InquiryWhen specifying Light Touch Switches, please take advantage of our standard products for betterprice and delivery. Please inquire about the following items before ordering.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES63 –
5. Prohibited items on fi re and smoking1. Absolutely avoid use of a switch beyond its rated
range because doing so may cause a fi re. If misuse or abnormal use may result in conditions
in which the switch is used out of its rated range, take proper measures such as current interruption using a protective circuit.
2. The grade of nonfl ammability for resin used in Light Touch Switches is “94HB”, which is based on UL94 Standards (fl ammability test for plastic ma te ri als). Pro hib it use in a location where a spread ing fi re may be generated or prepare against a spreading fi re.
6. For use in equipment for which safety re quest ed
Although care is taken to ensure switch quality, vari a tion of contact resistance (increase), short cir cuits, open circuits, and temperature rise are some prob lems that might be generated.To de sign a set which places maximum em pha sis on safety, review the affect of any single fault of a switch in advance and perform virtually fail-safe design to ensure maximum safety by:1. preparing a protective circuit or a protective
device to improve system safety, and2. preparing a redundant circuit to improve system
safe ty so that the single fault of a switch does not cause a dangerous situation.
7. For actual use, be sure to refer to “Product Spec i fi ca tions for Information.”
Application NotesWhen using our Light Touch Switches, please ob serve the following items (“prohibited items”) and be cau tious of the following in order to prevent dan ger ous accidents and deterioration of performance.
1. Notes on soldering conditionsWhen performing solder dipping, check the soldering conditions according to the “Product Specifi cation for Information,” because the conditions vary with the prod uct. Do not wash the switch after solder dipping be cause fl ux may enter the switch, resulting in contact failure. Avoid use of jumper cables near the switches be cause fl ux may attach to them.1. Control the liquid level so that fl ux does not enter
the switch from the top.2. When performing manual soldering, perform it at a
temperature of 350 °C within 3 seconds.3. Do not apply a load to the switch lever after sol der ing.4. For refl ow soldering When performing refl ow soldering using a hot-air oven or an infrared oven, observe the following con di tions. Since the temperature applied to a
switch and its ter mi nals varies with the type and size of the PWB and the mounting density of the parts, suf fi cient ly check the conditions in advance.
5. When a board with double-sided through holes is used, do not make through holes immediately under the switch case. Otherwise, the switch case may fuse.
2. Notes on design of a set1. For switch mounting holes, refer to the “Rec om mend ed
PWB piercing plan” as described in “Di men sions.”2. For shapes of operating parts in a set, refer to
rec om mend ed shapes described in “Product Specifi cations for Information.”
3. Other prohibited items and notes1. Take care not to apply excessive load to a switch.
Doing so may cause terminal deformation, contact fail ure, and/or malfunction.
2. Suffi ciently check any generation of corrosive gas from the components in a set under actual oper ating conditions. Corrosive gas may cause contact failure and corrosive stress cracking of metal.
3. To prevent contact failure due to foreign matter(such as chips of a PWB and fl ux) entering aswitch, take care when handling a PWB after mounting. Do not stack the PWB’s.
4. Prohibited items and notes on storage con di tionsDo not store the switches under high temperatures and/or high humidity, or in a location where cor ro sive gas may be generated. Store the switches at room tem per a ture and room humidity in a packed con di tion. Use them within a maximum of 6 months af ter de liv ery. Check the date of manufacture on the pack age box and ap ply the “fi rst- in-fi rst-out” rule. If unpacked switch es must be stored as inventory, store them in a poly eth yl ene bag to keep out air.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES64 –
Packaging Methods for Radial Taping
Drawing-out of taped products Pull-strength of taped products
Drawing-out can be done from top or bottom of an inner car ton.
Taped products shall not be fully drawn-out from the tape when pulling in direction A at 5.0 N max.
Taped products shall not be drawn-out from the tape when pull ing in direction B at 1.0 N for 3 sec onds.
Common Specifi cations
A
B
17m
m
Adhesive tape side
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES65 –
Minimum Quantity/Packing UnitPlease place an order by an integer multiple of the Quantity/Carton.
Type, Series Part No. Packaging Quantity/Carton
Min. Q'tyPacking Unit Notes
4 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches EVQP6/6P6/7P6/9P6
Embossed Taping(Reel Pack)
50000 pcs. 10000 pcs.
4.5 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches EVQPQ 50000 pcs. 10000 pcs.
4.9 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches EVQPL/3PL/5PL/PT 25000 pcs. 5000 pcs.
6 mm Square Thin Type SMDLight Touch Switches
EVQP0 20000 pcs. 4000 pcs. H=2.0 mm
EVQQ2 10000 pcs. 2000 pcs. H=2.5 mm, 3.1 mm
3.0 mm2.0 mm SMD Light Touch Switches EVPAW 50000 pcs. 10000 pcs.
3.0 mm2.6 mm SMD Light Touch Switches EVPAF 40000 pcs. 8000 pcs.
3.5 mm2.9 mm SMD Light Touch Switches EVPAA 25000 pcs. 5000 pcs.
4.7 mm3.5 mm SMD Light Touch Switches EVQP2/P9/3P2 20000 pcs. 4000 pcs.
6.0 mm3.5 mm SMDLight Touch Switches EVQPE1/PN/5P
10000 pcs. 2000 pcs. H=5.0 mm
12500 pcs. 2500 pcs. H=4.3 mm
3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational SMDLight Touch Switches EVQP7/P3/9P7 25000 pcs. 5000 pcs.
3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational Half Dive / SMD Light Touch Switches EVPAN 35000 pcs. 7000 pcs.
Small-sized Side-operational SMDLight Touch Switches EVQPU 20000 pcs. 4000 pcs.
2.8 mm2.3 mm Side-operational Edge Mount Light Touch Switches EVPAV 40000 pcs. 8000 pcs.
4.5 mm2.2 mm Side-operational Edge Mount Light Touch Switches EVPAE 17500 pcs. 3500 pcs.
6.2 mm2.5 mm Side-operational Edge Mount Light Touch Switches EVQP4 12500 pcs. 2500 pcs.
6.1 mm4.0 mm Side-operational SMDLight Touch Switches EVQPS Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack) 16000 pcs. 4000 pcs.
5N Type Light Touch Switches EVQPA/PBPolyethylene Bag
(Bulk)
10000 pcs. 500 pcs.
5N Type Side-operational Light Touch Switches EVQPF 10000 pcs. 500 pcs.
5N Type 2R Light Touch Switches EVQ2
Radial Taping(Reel Pack)
10000 pcs. 1000 pcs.
5N Type Side-operational 4RLight Touch Switches EVQPC 7000 pcs. 700 pcs.
Round Type 2R Light Touch Switches EVQ11 25000 pcs. 2500 pcs.
6.0 mm3.5 mm Light Touch Switches EVQPE Polyethylene Bag(Bulk) 10000 pcs. 1000 pcs.
6.0 mm3.5 mm 2R Light Touch Switches EVQPJ Radial Taping(Reel Pack) 20000 pcs. 2000 pcs.
Over Travel Light Touch Switches EVQP0 Polyethylene Bag(Bulk) 10000 pcs. 500 pcs.
4 mm Square Double-action SMDLight Touch Switches EVPAH Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack) 40000 pcs. 8000 pcs.
6 mm Square Thin Type Double-action SMD Light Touch Switches EVQPR/Q0/3PR Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack) 25000 pcs. 5000 pcs.
4.7 mm3.5 mm Double-action Side-operational SMD Light Touch Switches EVPAJ Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack) 25000 pcs. 5000 pcs.
6.2 mm3.7 mm Double-action Side-operational Edge Mount / SMD Light Touch Switches EVQQ0 Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack) 12500 pcs. 2500 pcs.
6 mm Square Long Travel SMDLight Touch Switches EVQP0/P1/9P Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack) 10000 pcs. 2000 pcs.
6 mm Square Long Travel 2 terminals SMDLight Touch Switches EVPAS Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack) 10000 pcs. 2000 pcs.
6 mm Square Long Travel 2RLight Touch Switches EVQPV Radial Taping
(Reel Pack) 25000 pcs. 2500 pcs.
8 mm Square Long Travel SMDLight Touch Switches EVQQ1 Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack) 10000 pcs. 1000 pcs.
8 mm Square Long Travel 2RLight Touch Switches EVQQJ Radial Taping
(Reel Pack) 10000 pcs. 1000 pcs.
10 mm Square Center Space Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches EVPAD Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack) 5000 pcs. 1000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP6/6P6/7P6/9P6
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES66 –
E V Q
Product Code Height
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 97
Type4th, 5th, 6th· With Push Plate, Without Push Plate· Without Grounf Terminal
· Without Push Plate· With Grounf Terminal
P6
6P67P69P6
4 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switch es
Type: EVQP6/EVQ6P6/EVQ7P6/EVQ9P6
Features External dimensions : 4.1 mm4.1 mm Height :Without Push Plate 0.35 mm, With Push Plate 0.58 mm :Without Push Plate·With Ground Terminal 0.43 mm Long-life :1000000 cycles min. (Operating Force 1.6 N Type) Dust-proof structure
Product Chart
Explanation of Part Numbers
Specifi cations
TypeSnap action / Push-on type SPST
Without Push Plate With Push Plate
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 mΩ max.
Insulation Resistance 50 MΩ min.
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 100 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 3 ms max. (ON) 10 ms max. (OFF)
Mechanical Operating Force 1.0 N, 1.6 N, 2.4 N
Travel 0.2 mm (EVQ7P6 : 0.15 mm)
Endurance Operating Life 1.0 N, 1.6 N : 1000000 cycles min. 2.4 N : 500000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk) –20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 10000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 50000 pcs.
Note: Non washable
Height Without Push PlateH=0.35 mm
With Push PlateH=0.58 mm
Without Push PlateWith Ground Terminal
H=0.43 mmPackaging
Operating Force Embossed Embossed Embossed
1.0 N — — EVQ7P6
1.6 N EVQP6D EVQP6L EVQ6P6
2.4 N EVQP6P EVQP6Y EVQ9P6
Recommended Applications Operating switches for portable electronic equipment (Mobile phones, Camcorders, Portable audio players, etc.).
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP6/6P6/7P6/9P6
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES67 –
B'
A'
B
A
0.25
0.58
0.43
B'
A'
B
A
φ1.8
φ2.6
(2-1.6)
(2.6
)(1
.5)
(2-0.8)
(1.5
)(1
.5)
A
B
A'
B'
(1.9
)(1
.4)
(1.4
)
(0.8
5)
(1.4)
(3.7)(2.4)
(1.6)
B
A
B'
A'
4.73.7
3.6
2.2
(5-φ0.4)
( 0.8)
(4.3)
0.6
2.9
4.1±
0.2
4.1±0.2
Circuit diagram
Part of A-A' terminal is exposedat area.Any land pattern or vias shall notbe provided at area.
PWB land pattern for reference
Circuit diagram
PWB land pattern for reference
Marking varies according to push force.
(1.7
)(0
.6)
(3)(1.6)
B'
A'
B
A
0.35
B
A
B'
A'Marking
0.25
4.1±0.2(4.3)
4.1±
0.2
2.90.
6Part of A-A' terminal is exposedat area.Any land pattern or vias shall notbe provided at area.
B'
A'
B
A(1.5
)(1
.4)
(1.5
)(1.6)
(2.4)(3.7)
(1.4)
(0.8
5)(1
.4)
(1.9
)
(5-φ0.4)
B'
A'
B
A
(1.4)
4.73.7
3.6
2.2
(0.8
5)
(0.8)
(1.3
)
No. 1
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Operating LifeEVQP6DB35 1.6 N 0.35 mm 1000000 cyclesEVQP6PB35 2.4 N 0.35 mm 500000 cycles
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Operating LifeEVQP6LB55 1.6 N 0.58 mm 1000000 cyclesEVQP6YB55 2.4 N 0.58 mm 500000 cycles
No. 2
EVQP6DEVQP6P
(Embossed Taping)
Surface mountFor refl ow solderingWithout push plate
EVQP6LEVQP6Y
(Embossed Taping)
Surface mountFor refl ow solderingWith push plate
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP6/6P6/7P6/9P6
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES68 –
B'
A'
B
A
(0.5)4.1±0.2
4.1±
0.2
2.9 0.
6
(4.3)
A
B
A'
B'
4.73.7
B
A
Circuit diagram
2.35
2.05
0.7
2.2
3.6
A'
B'
(0.8)
(1.6)
(0.7
5)(1
.3)
(1.5
)
A
B
A'
B'(1
.9)
(1.4
)(0
.85)
(1.4)
(3.7)(2.4)
(1.6)
(1.4
)(1
.5)
(5-φ0.4)
(2.2
)
φ2.6
0.43
0.25
GND
–0.1
+0.
150.
38
Part of A-A' terminal is exposedat area.Any land pattern or vias shall notbe provided at area.
PWB land pattern for reference
Operation point
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Operating Life
EVQ7P6B40 1.0 N 0.43 mm 1000000 cycles
EVQ6P6B40 1.6 N 0.43 mm 1000000 cycles
EVQ9P6B40 2.4 N 0.43 mm 500000 cycles
No. 3
EVQ7P6EVQ6P6EVQ9P6
(Embossed Taping)
Surface mountFor refl ow solderingWithout push plateWith Ground Terminal
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP6/6P6/7P6/9P6
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES69 –
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
0.3 mm max.
Without Push PlateWith Push Plate
Switch
Mounting surface
Test pole
Leaning angle range90 °±4 °
(vertical direction)φ1.51.3
R0.1±0.05
Slant 0.3 mm max.
Without Push Plate With Push Plate
R0.1±0.05
R0.1±0.05φ0.8
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Recommended Operating Conditions Recommended Shape of Test Pole
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Unit: mm
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVQP6 0.35/0.58
4.0±0.2 5.0±0.2 12.0+0.3 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.30±0.05 0.5/0.7+0.2EVQ6P6EVQ7P6EVQ9P6
0.43–0–0.1
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ380.0±2.0 φ80.0±1.0 φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 13.5±1.5 17.5±1.0 1.0 to 3.0 1.0±0.5
–0.1
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPQ
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES70 –
E
1
V
2
Q
3 4 5 6 7 8
P Q
Product Code Type Height
9
5 5B
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 100 m max.
Insulation Resistance 50 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 3 ms max. (ON) 10 ms max. (OFF)
Mechanical Operating Force
1.6 N±0.5 N2.4 N±0.6 N
Travel 0.2 mm±0.1 mm
Endurance Operating Life 200000 cycles min. (1.6 N), 50000 cycles min. (2.4 N)
Operating Temperature –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk) –20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 10000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 50000 pcs.
Note: Non washable
4.5 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switches
Type: EVQPQ
Features External dimensions: 4.5 mm4.5 mm, Height 0.55 mm Lightweight: 20 mg (1/2 compared with coventional type)
Specifi cations
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Operation switches for portable electronic equipment
(Camcorders, Portable audio players, etc.)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPQ
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES71 –
A
C D
B
Circuit diagram
4.8
3.0
2.85
4.85
PWB land pattern for reference
A B
C D
4.50
4.3
+–
0.250.15
0.45+–
0.150.10
0.6
4.5
0.35
0.55+–
0.150.10
3.7
4.3
A B
DC
Film holder
Film holder
Date code
Month
Year
Actuator
Button
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Operating LifeEVQPQHB55 1.6 N 0.55 mm 200000 cyclesEVQPQMB55 2.4 N 0.55 mm 50000 cycles
EVQPQ
(Embossed Taping)
Before using this product If the inclination of the actuator is widened by using soft materials, such as rubber, for the setting side of the op er a tion
section (connecting area between button and acturator), it may cause functional problems.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPQ
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES72 –
φ0.8
R0.1 mm±0.05 mm
for Reflowsolderingtype 0.3 mm max.
Switch
Mounting surface
Test pole
Leaning angle range90 °±4 °
(vertical direction)
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Recommended Operating Conditions Recommended Shape of Test Pole
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Unit: mm
–0.1
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVQPQ 0.55 5.0+0.30 4.6+0.3 12.0±0.1 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.30±0.05 0.65+0.2–0–0
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ370.0±2.0 φ50.0 min. φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 14.0±1.5 — 1.0 to 3.0 1.0±0.5
–0.25
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPL/3PL/5PL/PT
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES73 –
E V Q P L
Product Code Type Height
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9
A
7
Note: Non washable
Specifi cations
4.9 mm Square SMD Light Touch Switch es
Type: EVQPL/EVQ3PL EVQ5PL/EVQPT
Features External dimensions : 4.9 mm4.9 mm,
Height: 0.8 mm(Without push plate), 1.5 mm(With push plate)
Explanation of Part Numbers
Product Chart
Height H=0.8 mm H=1.5 mm(With Push Plate)
Packaging
Operating ForceEmbossed Embossed
1.0 N EVQPLB EVQPLD, EVQPT5
1.6 N EVQPLF EVQPLH, EVQPT9
2.6 N EVQPLK EVQPLM
3.5 N EVQ5PL EVQ3PL
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 50 m max.
Insulation Resistance 50 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 3 ms max. (ON) 8 ms max. (OFF)
Mechanical Operating Force
1.0 N±0.5 N1.6 N±0.5 N
2.6 N±0.6 N3.5 N±1.0 N
Travel 0.25 mm +0.10 mm
Endurance Operating Life 500000 cycles min. 200000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk) –20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 5000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 25000 pcs.
–0.20
Recommended Applications Operation switches for portable electronic equipment
(Notebook PC, Camcorders, Portable audio players, etc.) Operation switches for car audio systems
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPL/3PL/5PL/PT
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES74 –
4.9
4.6
1.2
4.64.9
3.7
B'A'
BA
0.2
0.3
2.5
0.40.8
0.050.45
5.0±
0.5
φ3.2
3.14.3
(4.6)(5.5)
A B
A’ B’
(1)
3.4
5.4
GND
Operating part
Be careful not toscratch the film
PWB land pattern for reference Circuit diagram
4.9
4.6
1.2
φ2.4
4.64.9
φ2.2
(3.4
)(3
.8)
φ4
φ4.4
3.7
3.14.3
(4.6)(5.5)
A B
A’ B’
(1)
3.4
5.4
B’A’
BA
0.2
0.3
2.5
0.40.81.2
0.050.45
5±0.
5
GND
1.5 0.20.1
+–
Operating part
PWB land pattern for reference Circuit diagram
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 1
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Operating LifeEVQPLBA08 1.0 N 0.8 mm 500000 cyclesEVQPLFA08 1.6 N 0.8 mm 500000 cyclesEVQPLKA08 2.6 N 0.8 mm 200000 cyclesEVQ5PLA08 3.5 N 0.8 mm 200000 cycles
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Operating LifeEVQPLDA15/PT5A15 1.0 N 1.5 mm 500000/2000000 cyclesEVQPLHA15/PT9A15 1.6 N 1.5 mm 500000/2000000 cyclesEVQPLMA15 2.6 N 1.5 mm 200000 cyclesEVQ3PLA15 3.5 N 1.5 mm 200000 cycles
No. 2
EVQPLBEVQPLFEVQPLKEVQ5PL
(Embossed Taping)
Surface mountFor refl ow solderingWithout push plate
EVQPLD/PT5EVQPLH/PT9EVQPLMEVQ3PL
(Embossed Taping)
Surface mountFor refl ow solderingWith push plate
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPL/3PL/5PL/PT
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES75 –
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
φ1.0
R0.2±0.05
for Reflowsolderingtype
0.3 mm max.
Switch
Mounting surface
Test pole
Leaning angle range90 °±4 °
(vertical direction)
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Recommended Operating Conditions Recommended Shape of Test Pole
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Unit: mm
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVQPLEVQ3PLEVQ5PLEVQPT
0.8/1.5 5.0±0.2 5.0±0.2 12.0±0.3 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.35±0.05 1.0/1.7±0.2–0
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ370.0±2.0 φ50.0 min. φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 14.0±1.5 — 1.0 to 3.0 1.0±0.5
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP0/Q2
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES76 –
E
1
Product Code
V
2
Q
3
QP
4
20
5 6 7 8 9
4th & 5th
P0
Q2
TypeOverstroke travel
Short push travel
Height Push Plate Color
Note: Non washable
Specifi cations
Features External dimensions : 6.5 mm6.0 mm, Height 1.8 mm
(Excluding the push plate) With or without ground terminal, height, operating force Overstroke travel
Explanation of Part Numbers
6 mm Square Thin Type SMDLight Touch Switches
Type: EVQP0 EVQQ2
Recommended Applications Operating switches for other electronic equipment Operation switches for PC mouse Car audio systems
Travel Type Short Push Travel Overstroke Travel
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 100 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
MechanicalOperating Force
0.5 N, 1.0 N, 1.3 N, 1.6 N, 2.6 N, 3.5 N
0.6 N, 1.0 N
Travel 0.25 mm (0.2 mm : 0.5N, 1.0N) 0.3 mm
Endurance Operating Life
0.5 N : 2000000 cycles min. 1.0 N, 1.3 N, 1.6 N : 1000000 cycles min. 2.6 N : 200000 cycles min. 3.5 N : 100000 cycles min.
0.6 N : 2000000 cycles min. 1.0 N : 1000000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk) –20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing UnitH=2.0 mm 4000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)H=2.5 mm, 3.1 mm 2000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/CartonH=2.0 mm 20000 pcs.H=2.5 mm, 3.1 mm 10000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP0/Q2
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES77 –
Circuit Diagram PWB land pattern for reference2.
5
0.8
4.0
6.0
6.5
φ2
1.8
B
A
B'
A'
B
A
B'
A'
φ3
(6.6)
(0.8
)
1m
in.
(3.6) (3.2)(3.2)
4.0
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Ground Terminal Operating Life
EVQP0N02B 0.6 N 2.5 mm Blue Without 2000000 cycles
EVQP0P02B 0.6 N 2.5 mm Blue With 2000000 cycles
EVQP0Q02Q 1.0 N 2.5 mm Gray Without 1000000 cycles
EVQP0S02Q 1.0 N 2.5 mm Gray With 1000000 cycles
No. 1
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
EVQP0
Overstroke travel : 0.35 mmWith J-bent terminals
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP0/Q2
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES78 –
Circuit Diagram PWB land pattern for reference
B
A
B'
A'
B
A
B'
A'
H
φ3
0.8
4.0
6.0
6.5
1.8
(6.6)
(0.8
)
φ3.8
1m
in.
(3.6) (3.2)(3.2)
4.0
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force H=Height Push Plate Color Ground Terminal Operating LifeEVQQ2B01W 0.5 N 2.0 mm White Without 2000000 cyclesEVQQ2B02W 0.5 N 2.5 mm White Without 2000000 cyclesEVQQ2B03W 0.5 N 3.1 mm White Without 2000000 cyclesEVQQ2D01W 0.5 N 2.0 mm White With 2000000 cyclesEVQQ2D02W 0.5 N 2.5 mm White With 2000000 cyclesEVQQ2D03W 0.5 N 3.1 mm White With 2000000 cyclesEVQQ2F01W 1.0 N 2.0 mm White Without 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2F02W 1.0 N 2.5 mm White Without 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2F03W 1.0 N 3.1 mm White Without 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2H01W 1.0 N 2.0 mm White With 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2H02W 1.0 N 2.5 mm White With 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2H03W 1.0 N 3.1 mm White With 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2K01W 1.3 N 2.0 mm White Without 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2K02W 1.3 N 2.5 mm White Without 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2K03W 1.3 N 3.1 mm White Without 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2M01W 1.3 N 2.0 mm White With 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2M02W 1.3 N 2.5 mm White With 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2M03W 1.3 N 3.1 mm White With 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2P01W 1.6 N 2.0 mm White Without 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2P02W 1.6 N 2.5 mm White Without 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2P03W 1.6 N 3.1 mm White Without 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2S01W 1.6 N 2.0 mm White With 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2S02W 1.6 N 2.5 mm White With 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2S03W 1.6 N 3.1 mm White With 1000000 cyclesEVQQ2U01W 2.6 N 2.0 mm White Without 200000 cyclesEVQQ2U02W 2.6 N 2.5 mm White Without 200000 cyclesEVQQ2U03W 2.6 N 3.1 mm White Without 200000 cyclesEVQQ2W01W 2.6 N 2.0 mm White With 200000 cyclesEVQQ2W02W 2.6 N 2.5 mm White With 200000 cyclesEVQQ2W03W 2.6 N 3.1 mm White With 200000 cyclesEVQQ2Y01W 3.5 N 2.0 mm White Without 100000 cyclesEVQQ2Y02W 3.5 N 2.5 mm White Without 100000 cyclesEVQQ2Y03W 3.5 N 3.1 mm White Without 100000 cyclesEVQQ2201W 3.5 N 2.0 mm White With 100000 cyclesEVQQ2202W 3.5 N 2.5 mm White With 100000 cyclesEVQQ2203W 3.5 N 3.1 mm White With 100000 cycles
No. 2
EVQQ2
Short push travel : 0.25 mmWith J-bent terminals
HeightH
2.0±0.22.5±0.23.1±0.2
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP0/Q2
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES79 –
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
Feeding hole Chip pocket
Chip component Tape running direction
0.3 mm max.
Switch
Test pole
Leaning angle range90 °±4 °
(vertical direction)
Mounting surfaceR0.1 mm±0.05 mm R0.1 mm±0.05 mm
2 mm Type 2.5 mm, 3.1 mm Type
φ3 –0.5+0 φ4 –0
+0.5
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia t1 t2
EVQQ22.0
6.7±0.2 7.4±0.2 12.0±0.3 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.30±0.05
2.2±0.2
2.5/3.1 3.2±0.2
EVQP0 2.5 2.8±0.2
_0
Unit: mm
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ380.0±2.0 φ80.0±1.0 φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 13.5±1.0 17.5±1.0 — —
Recommended Shape of Test Pole Recommended Operating Conditions
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAW
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES80 –
E
1
V
2
P
3 4 5 6 7 8
A W
Product Code Type Height
9
Note: Non washable
Specifi cations
Features External dimensions: 3.0 mm2.0 mm, Height 0.6 mm High operability
Equipped with an actuator (push plate)
Explanation of Part Numbers
3.0 mm2.0 mm SMD Light Touch Switches
Type: EVPAW
Recommended Applications Operation switches for portable electronic equipment
(Mobile phone, Portable audio)
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max.
Insulation Resistance 50 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
MechanicalOperating Force 1.6 N, 2.4 N, 3.3 N
Travel 1.6 N, 2.4 N : 0.13 mm 3.3 N : 0.15 mm
Endurance Operating Life 300000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk) –20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 10000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 50000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAW
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES81 –
2-1.
3
2-1.
5
2
with
outt
hefil
man
dre
mai
nder
ofth
eg
ate
A'A
General dimension tolerance : ± 0.05( )dimensions are reference dimensions.
This reference specifications are subject to change.
(φ0.85)
3.5
3.8
2-3.69
2-0.
25
2-1.
45
2-2.85
2.7
(0.0
4)0.
1m
ax.
Circuit diagram
A A'
PWB land pattern for reference
Soldering thickness t=0.08±0.01
If you design different stencil mask and land pattern,or apply different soldering thickness compared withour recommended pattern as described above,please ask us in advance.
Stencil mask plan
A A'
0.6±0.1
(0.385)
3Without film
0.1 max.
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Operating Life
EVPAWBA2A 1.6 N 0.6 mm 300000 cycles
EVPAWCA2A 2.4 N 0.6 mm 300000 cycles
EVPAWEA2A 3.3 N 0.6 mm 300000 cycles
EVPAW
(Embossed Taping)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAW
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES82 –
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
Tape width=12.0 mm
Taping condition : Lack of products in the middle of taping should beone MAX, but total quantity specified in thespecifications should be secured.
Peeling off strength of top tape : It should be within 0.2N to 1. ON at165 degree in peeling off angle.
Joint of carrier tape : One joint per one reel may exist.
φGD
Feeding hole
KC
F
A
HE
I
B J
t
Chip pocket
Tape running direction
Soldering Time (s)
(Normal Temp.)
Fan or Normal Temp.
200
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
240MAX.
130
90 to 110
300
55 to 6530 to 40
217
G
FA
B
E
C
D
Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Unit: mm
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part No. Height A B C D E F G H I J K t
EVPAW 0.6 12.0±0.3 1.75±0.10 5.5±0.1 8.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 1.5±0.3 3.8±0.2 2.3±0.2 0.75±0.20 (10.25) 0.3+0.15
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ380.0±2.0 φ80.0±1.0 φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item F G
Rate (mm) 13.5±1.0 17.5±1.0
–0.10
Refl ow temperature may vary by location even in the same refl ow condition.Please check the refl ow temperature at terminals and at the top of a switch to make sure the both temperatures are withiin the specifi cation.
If even one of them is out of the specifi cations, please adjust.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAF
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES83 –
E
1
V
2
P
3 4 5 6 7 8
A F
Product Code Type Height
9
Note: Non washable
Specifi cations
Features External dimensions: 3.0 mm2.6 mm, Height 0.65 mm High operability
Equipped with an actuator (push plate) Low temperature use
Explanation of Part Numbers
3.0 mm2.6 mm SMD Light Touch Switches
Type: EVPAF
Recommended Applications Operation switches for portable electronic equipment
(Mobile phone, Portable audio)
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max.
Insulation Resistance 50 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
MechanicalOperating Force 1.3 N, 1.6 N, 2.4 N, 3.4 N
Travel 0.15 mm
Endurance Operating Life 1.3 N, 1.6 N, 3.4 N : 100000 cycles min., 2.4 N : 500000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk) –20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 8000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 40000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAF
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES84 –
Circuit diagram
PWB land pattern for reference
B'
A'
B
A
0.48
4-0.
352-3.4
2.6
3
4-0.
52-
1.8
B'
A'
B
A
φ0.65
0.70
(Push plate)
(With
outt
here
mai
nder
ofth
eg
ate)
(Adhesive)
( 0.75)
Part of A-A' terminal is exposed at area.Any land pattern or vias shall not be provided at area.
(0.4)
(0.6
5)
(0.8
)
(1.1
5)
(1.5)(2-2.5)
2-2.4±0.052-3.5±0.05
2-1.
2±0.
05
2-2.
4±0.
05
A
B B'
A'
1.6
2.6
Circuit diagram
PWB land pattern for reference
B'
A'
B
A
0.44
4-0.
352-3.4
2.6
3
4-0.
52-
1.8
B'
A'
B
A
φ0.65
0.65
(Push plate)
(With
outt
here
mai
nder
ofth
eg
ate)
(Adhesive)
( 0.75)
Part of A-A' terminal is exposed at area.Any land pattern or vias shall not be provided at area.
(0.4)
(0.6
5)
(0.8
)
(1.1
5)
(1.5)(2-2.5)
()
EV
PA
FKB
654-
0.35
+0.
1–0
.15
2-2.4±0.052-3.5±0.05
2-1.
2±0.
052-
2.4±
0.05
A
B B'
A'
1.6
2.6
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Operating Life
EVPAFKB65 1.3 N 0.65 mm 100000 cycles
EVPAFFB65 1.6 N 0.65 mm 100000 cycles
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Operating Life
EVPAF5B70 3.4 N 0.7 mm 100000 cycles
EVPAF7B70 2.4 N 0.7 mm 500000 cycles
No. 1
EVPAF
(Embossed Taping)
With J-bent terminals
No. 2
EVPAF
(Embossed Taping)
With J-bent terminals
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAF
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES85 –
Soldering Time (s)
(Normal Temp.)
Fan or Normal Temp.
180
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
) 260MAX.
150
90±30 40±10
230
f1.5 to f2.0
R0.3 mm±0.05 mm
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
2-2.4±0.052-3.5±0.05
2-1.
2±0.
052-
2.4±
0.05
B'
A'
B
A
A
B B'
A'
1.6
2.6
0.39
4-0.
3
2-3.4
2.6
3
4-0.
52-
1.8
(0.4)
(0.6
5)
(0.8
)
(1.1
5)(1.5)
(2-2.5)
B'
A'
B
A
φ0.65
0.65
(Push plate)
Circuit diagram
(With
outt
here
mai
nder
ofth
ega
te)
(Adhesive)( 0.75)
+0.
15–0
.1
PWB land pattern for reference
Part of A-A' terminal is exposed at area.Any land pattern or vias shall not be provided at area.
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
fD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
Embossed Carrier Tap ing Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia t1 t2
EVPAFEVP0AF 0.65/0.70 3.75±0.2 2.95±0.2 12.0±0.3 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.1 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5±0.3 0.3±0.1 0.8±0.2
Unit: mm
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ380.0±2.0 φ80.0±1.0 φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 13.5±1.0 17.5±1.0 _ _
Recommended Shape of Test Pole
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Operating Life
EVP0AFB65 1.6 N 0.65 mm 500000 cycles
EVPAF7B65 2.4 N 0.65 mm 500000 cycles
EVPAF5B65 3.4 N 0.65 mm 100000 cycles
No. 3
EVPAF
Low profi le(Embossed Taping)
With J-bent terminals
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAA
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES86 –
E
1
V
2
P
3 4 5 6 7 8
A A
Product Code Type Height
9
Push Plate ColorKWQ
Blackwhitegray
Note: Non washable
Specifi cations
Features External dimensions : 3.5 mm2.9 mm, Height 1.7 mm High operating force available (Operating force : 5.0 N max.) Optional ground terminal
Explanation of Part Numbers
3.5 mm2.9 mm SMD Light Touch Switches
Type: EVPAA
Recommended Applications Operation switches for portable electronic equipment
(Mobile phones, Digital still cameras, etc.) Operating switches for keyless entry systems
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 100 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
MechanicalOperating Force 1.0 N, 1.6 N, 2.4 N, 3.5 N, 5.0 N
Travel 0.15 mm±0.1 mm
Endurance Operating Life 1000000 cycles min. (1.0 N) 200000 cycles min. (1.6 N, 2.4 N, 3.5 N) 100000 cycles min. (5.0 N)
Operating Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk) –20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 5000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 25000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAA
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES87 –
(Tolerance ±0.2)
Operating part
Circuit diagram
PWB land pattern for reference
+0−0.54.3
+0.
2−0
.11.
7
1.4±
0.1
3.5
2.9
0.6
φ1.8
0.5±
0.1
0.62
±0.1
1.5
2.2
2.1±
0.1
2.5±
0.1
0.4±
0.1
2.2±0.14.5±0.1
(2.8)
1
2
1
2
1’
2’
1’
2’
Part Numbers Ground Terminal Operating Force Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVPAA002K Without 1.0 N Black 1000000 cycles
EVPAA102K With 1.0 N Black 1000000 cycles
EVPAA202K Without 1.6 N Black 200000 cycles
EVPAA302K With 1.6 N Black 200000 cycles
EVPAA402W Without 2.4 N White 200000 cycles
EVPAA502W With 2.4 N White 200000 cycles
EVPAA602W Without 3.5 N White 200000 cycles
EVPAA702W With 3.5 N White 200000 cycles
EVPAA802Q Without 5.0 N Grey 100000 cycles
EVPAA902Q With 5.0 N Grey 100000 cycles
EVPAA
(Embossed Taping)
Thickness : 1.7 mm
With J-bent terminals
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAA
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES88 –
φ3.3 to φ3.7
R0.1 mm±0.05 mm
0.3 mm max.
Switch
Mounting surface
Test pole
Leaning angle range90 ˚±4 ˚
(vertical direction)
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia t1 t2
EVPAA 1.7 4.5±0.2 3.8±0.2 12.0±0.3 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.3±0.1 1.85±0.20–0
Unit: mm
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ380.0±2.0 φ80.0±1.0 φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 13.5±1.0 17.5±1.0 — —
Recommended Shape of Test Pole Recommended Operating Conditions
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP2/P9/3P2
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES89 –
1
E
2
V
3
Q
4 5 6 7 8 9
Product Code Type Height Push Plate Color
PP
2/93
4.7 mm3.5 mm SMD Light Touch Switch es
Type: EVQP2/EVQP9/EVQ3P2
Specifi cations
Features External dimensions : 4.7 mm3.5 mm, Height : Middle Push Travel 2.5 mm Short Push Travel 2.1 mm, 2.5 mm High operating force and long operational life High mountability with J-bent (4 terminals)
Recommended Ap pli ca tions Operation switches for portable electronic equipment
(Mobile phones, Digital still cameras, Camcorders, Portable audio players, etc.)
Keyless entry systems (automotive) Car audio equipment
Explanation of Part Numbers
Travel Type Middle Push Travel Short Push Travel
Type Snap action / Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 100 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min.
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac (1 minute)
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
Mechanical Operating Force 2.5 N, 3.5 N, 5.0 N 1.0 N, 1.6 N, 2.4 N, 3.5 N, 5.0 N
Travel 0.70 mm±0.20 mm 0.25 mm+0.05 mm
Endurance Operating Life 2.5 N:1000000 cycles min.
3.5 N: 500000 cycles min.
5.0 N: 200000 cycles min.
1.0 N, 1.6 N: 1000000 cycles min.
2.4 N: 500000 cycles min.
3.5 N: 200000 cycles min.
5.0 N: 200000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk) –20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 4000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 20000 pcs.
–0.15
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP2/P9/3P2
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES90 –
0.6
2.5
3
4
1
2
0.6±0.1
1.7±0.1
2.7±
0.1
3.7±0.16.6±0.1
4.7±
0.1
φ1.8
1 2
3 4
0.7±
0.1
PWB land pattern for reference
Circuit diagram
+0.2–0.1
3.5±0.11.65±0.1
5.5
+0 –0.3
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 1
Part Numbers Ground Terminal Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQP2B02B With 2.5 N 2.5 mm Blue 1000000 cycles
EVQP2D02Q With 3.5 N 2.5 mm Grey 500000 cycles
EVQP2F02K With 5.0 N 2.5 mm Black 200000 cycles
EVQP2H02B Without 2.5 N 2.5 mm Blue 1000000 cycles
EVQP2K02Q Without 3.5 N 2.5 mm Grey 500000 cycles
EVQ3P202K Without 5.0 N 2.5 mm Black 200000 cycles
EVQP2EVQ3P2
Middle push travelWith J-bent terminals(With Ground terminal)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP2/P9/3P2
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES91 –
4.7±
0.1
3.5±0.1
φ2
3 4
1 2
0.6
1.65±0.1
2.6
0.6±0.1
1.7±0.1
2.7±
0.1 0.
7±0.
1
3.7±0.16.6±0.1
3
4
1
2
1.6
PWB land pattern for reference
Circuit diagram
H
5.5
2.1 +0.2–0.1
2.5 +0.2–0.1
H
+0 –0.3
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 2
Part Numbers Ground Terminal Operating Force H=Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQP2P02M With 1.0 N 2.1 mm Natural 1000000 cycles
EVQP2P02W With 1.0 N 2.5 mm Natural 1000000 cycles
EVQP2R02M With 1.6 N 2.1 mm Natural 1000000 cycles
EVQP2R02W With 1.6 N 2.5 mm Natural 1000000 cycles
EVQP2T02M With 2.4 N 2.1 mm Natural 500000 cycles
EVQP2T02W With 2.4 N 2.5 mm Natural 500000 cycles
EVQP2V02M With 3.5 N 2.1 mm Natural 200000 cycles
EVQP2V02W With 3.5 N 2.5 mm Natural 200000 cycles
EVQP2002M Without 1.0 N 2.1 mm Natural 1000000 cycles
EVQP2002W Without 1.0 N 2.5 mm Natural 1000000 cycles
EVQP2202M Without 1.6 N 2.1 mm Natural 1000000 cycles
EVQP2202W Without 1.6 N 2.5 mm Natural 1000000 cycles
EVQP2402M Without 2.4 N 2.1 mm Natural 500000 cycles
EVQP2402W Without 2.4 N 2.5 mm Natural 500000 cycles
EVQP2602M Without 3.5 N 2.1 mm Natural 200000 cycles
EVQP2602W Without 3.5 N 2.5 mm Natural 200000 cycles
EVQP9H02M With 5.0 N 2.1 mm Natural 200000 cycles
EVQP9H02W With 5.0 N 2.5 mm Natural 200000 cycles
EVQP9P02M Without 5.0 N 2.1 mm Natural 200000 cyclesEVQP9P02W Without 5.0 N 2.5 mm Natural 200000 cycles
EVQP2
Short push travelWith J-bent terminals(With Ground terminal)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP2/P9/3P2
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES92 –
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
0.3 mm max.
Switch
Mounting surface
Test pole
Leaning angle range90 ˚±4 ˚
(vertical direction)φ3.3 to φ3.7
R0.1 mm±0.05 mm R0.1 mm±0.05 mm
Middle PushTravel Type
Short PushTravel Type
φ3
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Unit: mm
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2EVQP2EVQP9EVQ3P2
2.12.5
6.0±0.2 4.7±0.2 12.0±0.3 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.3±0.1 2.7±0.2–0
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ370.0±2.0 φ50.0 min. φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 14.0±1.5 — 1.0 to 3.0 1.0±0.5
Recommended Shape of Test Pole Recommended Operating Conditions
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPE1/PN/5P
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES93 –
A B
E V Q P5
Product Code Type Height
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Push Plate ColorOperating Force
6.0 mm3.5 mm SMD Light Touch Switch es
Type: EVQPE1/EVQPN/EVQ5P
Explanation of Part Numbers
Product Chart
Type
Operating ForceSMD Height
1.0 N±0.5 N EVQPE1 H=4.3 mm
H=5.0 mm 1.6 N±0.5 N EVQPNF
2.4 N±0.6 N EVQ5PN
Specifi cations
–0.10
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Circuit Diagram
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 50 mA 12 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Re sis tance 100 m max.
Insulation Re sis tance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
MechanicalOperating Force
1.0 N±0.5N(Low force type)
1.6 N±0.5 N(Standard)
2.4 N±0.6 N
Travel 0.25 mm +0.20 mm
Endurance Operating Life 50000 cycles min. 30000 cycles min.
Operating Tem per a ture –30 °C to +85 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk) –20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit2000 pcs.
Embossed Taping(Reel Pack)(H = 5.0 mm)
2500 pcs.Embossed Taping(Reel Pack)
(H = 4.3 mm)
Quantity/Carton 10000 pcs.(H = 5.0 mm)
12500 pcs.(H = 4.3 mm)
Features External dimensions : 6.0 mm3.5 mm, Height 4.3 mm, 5.0 mm
Recommended Applications Operating switches for other electronic equipment
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPE1/PN/5P
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES94 –
3.5±0.5
1.0±0.21.4
A
AB
B
6.0
Circuit diagram
( 2.6
)
0.5 max.3.5H
1.37.4
3.4
1.6
PWB land pattern for reference
3.0
7.2
max
.
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force H=Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQPE104K 1.0 N 4.3 mm Black 50000 cycles
EVQPE105K 1.0 N 5.0 mm Black 50000 cycles
EVQPNF04M 1.6 N 4.3 mm Natural 50000 cycles
EVQPNF05M 1.6 N 5.0 mm Natural 50000 cycles
EVQ5PN04K 2.4 N 4.3 mm Black 30000 cycles
EVQ5PN05K 2.4 N 5.0 mm Black 30000 cycles
EVQPE1EVQPNFEVQ5PN
(Embossed Taping)
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Unit: mm
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVQPE1EVQPNEVQ5P
4.3/5.0 5.8±0.2 7.9±0.2 12.0±0.3 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.4±0.05 4.5/5.2±0.2–0
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ370.0±2.0 φ50.0 min. φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 14.0±1.5 — 1.0 to 3.0 1.0±0.5
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP7/P3/9P7
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES95 –
Mounting Height1.35 mm
7th & 8th01
Push Plate ColorBlack
9thK
E
1
V
2
Q
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4th, 5th, 6th
0 1 K
Type
P7
P3
9P7
· Terminal Type· With Ground Terminal, Without Ground Terminal· With Boss, Without Boss· Operating Force
Type Snap action / Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 50 mA 12 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac (1 minute)
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
Mechanical
Operating Force 1.6 N, 2.2 N
Push Travel 0.2 mm
Push Strength 30 N (1 minute)
Endurance Operating Life 100000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
–20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 5000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 25000 pcs.
Specifi cations
3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational SMD
Light Touch Switches
Type: EVQP7/EVQP3/EVQ9P7
Explanation of Part Numbers
Features External dimensions : 3.5 mm2.9 mm, Height 1.35 mm A wide range of terminal type : L-shape, J-bent, Straight High mount ability Push plate strength enhanced type
Recommended Applications Operation switches for portable electronic equipment
(Mobile phones, Digital still cameras, Camcorders, Portable audio players, etc.)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP7/P3/9P7
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES96 –
4.7
1.48
±0.1
0.62
±0.1
1.35
2.9
3.55
1.7
0.5±
0.1
3.5
(2.8)
0.4±
0.1
2.5±
0.1
1.2±0.1
Circuit diagram
2.2±0.1
PWB land pattern for reference
5.0±0.1
2
1
2
1
1,
2,
1,
2,
5.0±0.12.2±0.1
2.5±
0.1
0.4±
0.1
3.5
Circuit diagram
0.5±
0.1 1.2±0.1
1.7
3.55 2.
9
1.35
0.62
±0.1
1.48
±0.1
4.7
(2.8)
1.8±
0.1
-0.1+0φ0.65
φ0.2
0.2
0.5
1.8±
0.05
-0+0.2
2-φ0.7
1,
2,
1,
2,
PWB land pattern for reference
2
1
2
1
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 1
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQP7A01K 2.2 N 1.35 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQP7J01K 1.6 N 1.35 mm Black 100000 cycles
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQP7C01K 2.2 N 1.35 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQP7L01K 1.6 N 1.35 mm Black 100000 cycles
No. 2
EVQP7AEVQP7J
(Embossed Taping)
With straight terminalsWithout boss
EVQP7CEVQP7L
(Embossed Taping)
With straight ter mi nalsWith boss
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP7/P3/9P7
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES97 –
2
1
2
1
3.5
0.5±
0.1
3.55 2.
9
0.62
±0.1
1.48
±0.1
Circuit diagram
PWB land pattern for reference
1.2±0.11.7
1.35
0.6
–0.204.3
5.0±0.12.2±0.1
2.5±
0.1
0.4±
0.1
(2.8)
1,
2,
1,
2,
3.5
–0+0.2
2-φ0.7
1.48
±0.1
0.62
±0.1
2.9
3.55
1.7
0.5±
0.1
0.5
0.2
1.35
-0.2+04.3
0.6
1.8±
0.05
φ0.2
–0.1+0φ0.65
1.8±
0.1
(2.8)
Circuit diagram
PWB land pattern for reference
0.4±
0.1
2.5±
0.1
2.2±0.15.0±0.1
1.2±0.1
2
1
2
1
1,
2,
1,
2,
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 3
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQP7B01K 2.2 N 1.35 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQP7K01K 1.6 N 1.35 mm Black 100000 cycles
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQP7D01K 2.2 N 1.35 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQP7M01K 1.6 N 1.35 mm Black 100000 cycles
No. 4
EVQP7BEVQP7K
(Embossed Taping)
With J-bent ter mi nalsWithout boss
EVQP7DEVQP7M
(Embossed Taping)
With J-bent ter mi nalsWith boss
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP7/P3/9P7
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES98 –
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
through hall
Circuit diagram
PWB land pattern for reference
1
2
1.7
0.5±
0.1
0.62
±0.1
3.55 2.
9
1.48
±0.1
3.9
1.35
4.73.5
’2
’2
’1
’1
2
1
(2.8)
φ0.6
+0.1
–0
2.2±0.14.05±0.15.5±0.1
0.4±
0.1
2.5±
0.1
0.8±
0.1
0.5±
0.1
0.62
±0.1
1.2±0.10.6
0.1 max.
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Unit: mm
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVQP7, EVQP3EVQ9P7
1.35 5.2±0.2 4.5±0.2 12.0±0.3 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.3±0.1 1.5±0.2–0
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ380.0±2.0 φ80.0±1.0 φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 13.5±1.0 17.5±1.0 1.0 to 3.0 1.0±0.5
Unit: mm
Straight terminals, L-shape terminals type
J-bent type
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQP3401K 2.2 N 1.35 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQ9P701K 1.6 N 1.35 mm Black 100000 cycles
No. 5
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
EVQP3EVQ9P
(Embossed Taping)
With L-shape terminalsWithout boss
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVQP7, EVQP3 1.35 4.5±0.2 4.5±0.2 12.0±0.3 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.3±0.1 1.5±0.2–0
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAN
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES99 –
E V P A N
Product Code Characteristic Height
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Terminal TypeStraightL shape
7 thAE
Type Snap action / Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 50 mA 12 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac (1 minute)
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
Mechanical
Operating Force 1.6 N, 2.2 N
Push Travel 0.2 mm
Push Strength 70 N (1 minute)
Endurance Operating Life 100000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
–20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 7000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 35000 pcs.
Specifi cations
3.5 mm2.9 mm Side-operational Half Dive
/SMD Light Touch Switches
Type: EVPAN
Explanation of Part Numbers
Features External dimensions : 3.5 mm2.9 mm, Height 1.2 mm Printed circuit board on height : 0.7 mm High mount ability
Recommended Applications Operation switches for portable electronic equipment
(Mobile phones, Digital still cameras, Camcorders, Portable audio players, etc.)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAN
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES100 –
2
1
Circuit diagram
2.9
0.85
0.5
5.23.5
1.4 0.95
1.2±0.20.70±0.15
3.5
2.12
50.
8
2.9
1.55
PWB land pattern for reference
5.5±0.1
3.1+0.10
3.0
+0.
10
0.3±
0.1
1.2±
0.1
0.9±
0.1
2.10
±0.0
5
0.77
5±0.
05
R0.5 max
3.55±0.10
1,
2,
2
1
1,
2,
2
1
Circuit diagram
2.9
0.85
0.4
0.5
0.6±
0.1
5.23.5
1.4 0.95
1.2±0.20.70±0.15
3.5
2.12
50.
8
2.9
4.6
1.55
PWB land pattern for reference
5.7±0.1
3.1+0.10
φ0.7+0.10
4.7±0.1
3.0
+0.
10
1.2±
0.1
0.85
±0.1
2.10
±0.0
52.
25±0
.05
0.77
5±0.
05
R0.5 max
3.55±0.10
1,
2,
2
1
1,
2,
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVPANAA1A 1.6 N 0.7 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVPANDA1A 2.2 N 0.7 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVPANBA1A 1.6 N 0.7 mm Black 500000 cycles
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVPANDE1A 2.2 N 0.7 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVPANBE1A 1.6 N 0.7 mm Black 500000 cycles
EVPANAEVPAND
(Embossed Taping)
Straight terminals
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
EVPANDEVPANB
(Embossed Taping)
Straight terminals
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAN
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES101 –
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
Recommended Solder Mask A
5.7±0.05
1.2±
0.05
0.85
±0.0
50.
775±
0.05
2.1±
0.05
3.55±0.05
Recommended Solder Mask B
Solder Mask B
5.7±0.05
4.7±0.050.2±0.05
1.2±
0.05
0.85
±0.0
50.
775±
0.05
2.1±
0.05
3.55±0.05
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVPAN 1.2 5.6±0.2 4.5±0.2 12.0±0.3 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.3±0.1 1.35±0.20_0
Unit: mm
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ380.0±2.0 φ80.0±1.0 φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 13.5±1.0 17.5±1.0 1.0 ~ 3.0 1.0±0.5
Straight terminals
Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Recommended Solder Mask
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPU
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES102 –
E
1
V
2
Q
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Type
7th & 8th02
Mounting Height1.65 mm
9thK
Push Plate ColorBlack
P U 0 2 K
2.2 N
1.6 N
OperatingForce
TerminalType
StraightJ-bent
StraightJ-bent
6thWithout Boss
ABJK
With BossCDLM
Small-sized Side-operational SMD
Light Touch Switches
Type: EVQPU
Specifi cations
Explanation of Part Numbers
Type Snap action / Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 50 mA 12 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
Mechanical
Operating Force 1.6 N+0.7 N 2.2 N+0.8 N
Travel 0.3 mm +0.1 mm
Push Strength 30 N (1 minute)
Endurance Operating Life 100000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
–20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 4000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 20000 pcs.
–0.2
–0.7–0.4
Features External dimensions : 4.7 mm3.5 mm, Height 1.65 mm A wide range of terminal type : J-bent, Straight
Recommended Applications Operation switches for portable electronic equipment
(Mobile phones, Digital still cameras, Camcorders, Portable audio players, etc.)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPU
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES103 –
1.65+0
.3–0
.1
6.44.7±0.1
4.5 3.5
1
2
3
4
2.6 1.4±0.1
0.6±
0.1
1.7±0
.1
3.7
1
2
3
4
6.8±0.1
0.7±0
.1
2.7±0
.1
3.7±0.1
0.2±
0.1
0.5
±0.1
φ0.2±0.1
φ0.65
2.75
±0.0
5
φ0.75 +0.1–0
+0–0.3
+0–0.2
2.75±
0.10
Circuit diagram
PWB land pattern for reference
1.65+0
.30
–0.1
0
6.44.7±0.1
4.5 3.5
1
2
3
4
2.6 1.4±0.1
0.6±
0.1
1.7±0
.1
3.7
1
2
3
4
6.8±0.1
0.7±0
.1
2.7±0
.1
3.7±0.1
+0– 0.3
Circuit diagram
PWB land pattern for reference
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 1
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQPUJ02K 1.6 N 1.65 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPUA02K 2.2 N 1.65 mm Black 100000 cycles
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQPUL02K 1.6 N 1.65 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPUC02K 2.2 N 1.65 mm Black 100000 cycles
No. 2
EVQPUJEVQPUA
(Embossed Taping)
With straight terminalsWithout boss
EVQPULEVQPUC
(Embossed Taping)
With straight terminalsWith boss
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPU
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES104 –
1.65+0
.3–0
.1
5.54.7±0.1
4.5 3.5
1
2
3
4
2.6 1.4±0.1
1
2
3
4
0.6±
0.1
1.7±0
.1
3.7
6.6±0.1
0.7±0
.1
2.7±0
.1
3.7±0.1
+0– 0.3
Circuit diagram
PWB land pattern for reference
5.54.7±0.1
4.5 3.5
1
2
3
4
2.6 1.4±0.1
1
2
3
41.65+0
.3–0
.1
0.2±
0.1
0.5
±0.1
φ0.2±0.1
0.6±
0.1
2.75
±0.1
0
1.7±0
.1
3.7
φ0.65 +0– 0.2
6.6±0.1
0.7±0
.1
2.7±0
.1
3.7±0.1
2.75
±0.0
5
φ0.75
+0– 0.3
+0.1– 0
Circuit diagram
PWB land pattern for reference
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 3
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQPUK02K 1.6 N 1.65 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPUB02K 2.2 N 1.65 mm Black 100000 cycles
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQPUM02K 1.6 N 1.65 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPUD02K 2.2 N 1.65 mm Black 100000 cycles
No. 4
EVQPUKEVQPUB
(Embossed Taping)
With J-bent terminalsWithout boss
EVQPUMEVQPUD
(Embossed Taping)
With J-bent terminalsWith boss
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPU
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES105 –
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Unit: mm
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVQPU 1.65 7.0±0.2 5.75±0.20 12.0±0.3 5.78±0.20 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.35±0.05 2.4±0.2–0
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ370.0±2.0 φ50.0 min. φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 14.0±1.5 — 1.0 to 3.0 1.0±0.5
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAV
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES106 –
1
E
2
V
3
P
4 5 6 7 8 9
A V
Product Code Type
Features External dimensions : 2.8 mm2.3 mm (Excluding the
push plate), Height 1.95 mm (Printed circuit boardbeing as low as 0.975 mm)
Improved soldering strength in the operating direction
Specifi cations
Recommended Ap pli ca tions Operation switches for portable electronic equipment
(Mobile phones, Digital still cameras, Camcorders Portable audio players, etc.)
Explanation of Part Numbers
2.8 mm2.3 mm Side-operational Edge Mount
Light Touch Switch es
Type:EVPAV
Type Snap action / Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max.
Insulation Resistance 50 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac (1 minute)
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
Mechanical
Operating Force 1.6 N
Push Travel 0.13 mm
Push Strength 50 N (15 seconds)
Endurance Operating Life 300000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
–20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 8000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 40000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAV
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES107 –
General dimension tolerance : ± 0.1( )dimensions are reference dimensions.This reference specifications are subject to change.
1
2
3
4
Circuit Diagram
1
2
3
4
1 These dimensions arefrom the outer shapeto the center of push plate.
2 These dimensions arefrom the center of datum A.
This product is designed to be smallerthan the conventional type, which loweredthe film peel off strength. Therefore pleaseavoid to apply force to a push plate fromside, or/and avoid set-knob to touch pushplate during insertion to a set-case.
Soldering thickness t=0.1±0.02
(1.6
3)1.
95
2)
1.00
±0.0
8
2)1.
00±0
.08
1.93
±0.1
50.
3
0.65
0.65
(0.9
8)
2.8A
(φ0.75) φ0.6
2.3±0.20.9
(2.8)(1.88)
0.65±0.15
2.00±0.15
1.50±0.05
PWB land pattern for reference
Push plate side
Push plateAdhesive
0.97
5±0.
200
1)
0.97
5±0.
200
0.45
±0.0
5
0.65
±0.0
50.
40±0
.05
1.42
±0.0
5
0.92±0.053.20±0.05
1)1.4±0.2
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
G
FA
B
E
C
D
Taping condition : Lack of products in the middle of taping should beone MAX, but total quantity specified in thespecifications should be secured.
Peeling off strength of top tape : It should be within 0.2N to 1. ON at165 degree in peeling off angle.
Joint of carrier tape : One joint per one reel may exist.
Tape running direction
F
C
J
Kt
H
A L
φG
D EB I
Tape width=8.0 mm
Feeding holeChippocket
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
EVPAV
Height from surface of PCB : 0.975 mm
Embossed Carrier Tap ing Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ380.0±2.0 φ80.0±1.0 φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item F G
Rate (mm) 9.4±1.0 13.4±1.0
Unit: mm
Part No. Height A B C D E F G H I J K L t
EVPAV 1.95 8.0±0.3 1.75±0.10 3.5±0.1 4.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 3.1±0.2 2.8±0.2 1.35±0.20 2.7±0.2 (6.25) 0.3±0.1 0
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAE
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES108 –
1
E
2
V
3
P
4 5 6 7 8 9
A E
Product Code Type Height
Features External dimensions : 4.5 mm2.25 mm (Excluding
the push plate), Height 2.9 mm (Printed circuit boardbeing as low as 0.95 mm)
Improved soldering strength in the operating direction Long operational life Measure against electro static discharge(ESD)
Specifi cations
Recommended Ap pli ca tions Operation switches for portable electronic equipment
(Mobile phones, Digital still cameras, Camcorders Portable audio players, etc.)
Explanation of Part Numbers
4.5 mm2.2 mm Side-operational Edge Mount
Light Touch Switch es
Type:EVPAE
Type Snap action / Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 1000 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac (1 minute)
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
Mechanical
Operating Force 1.6 N, 3.0 N
Push Travel 0.15 mm
Push Strength 50 N (1 minute)
Endurance Operating Life 200000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
–20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 3500 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 17500 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAE
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES109 –
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
1 2 1' 1'21
Circuit Diagram
1 2 1'
1.5
2.9
4.52.2
3.3
3.6
4.8
1.7
2.2
2.6
2-0.6±0.1
1.65
±0.1
1.35
±0.1
1±0.
15.6±0.1
3.8
3.1±0.1
R0.3 max.
1.5±0.1
0.8±0.1
0.3±
0.1
0.4
max
.(0.
3tpy
)2-0.25 max.
2-0.25 max. (0.2tpy)
R0.3 to R0.5
0.4
max
.(0
.3tp
y)
0.6±0.1
(2.3)
Dimensions for reference
0+0.1
0.08
0+
00.7
0–0
.05
+00
.80.95
0.55
–0.1
0+
00.5
PWB land pattern for reference
Note : Please put your considerationnot to let any burrs of printedwiring board stick out fromthe mounting surface of our switches.
Push plate side
–0+0.2
–0.1+0.08
–0.1
+0.
2
–0.1
+0.
2
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Embossed Carrier Tap ing Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ380.0±2.0 φ80.0±1.0 φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 13.5±1.0 17.5±1.0 — —
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia t1 t2
EVPAE 2.9 5.5±0.2 2.9±0.2 12.0±0.3 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.3±0.1 3.3±0.20 0
Unit: mm
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVPAEBB2A 1.6 N 0.95 mm Black 200000 cycles
EVPAEDB2A 3.0 N 0.95 mm Black 200000 cycles
EVPAE
Height from surface of PCB : 0.95 mm
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP4
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES110 –
1
E
2
V
3
Q
4 5 6 7 8 9
P 4
Product Code Type Height Push Plate Color
Features External dimensions : 6.2 mm2.55 mm (Excluding
the push plate), Height 3.5 mm (EVQP4 Type : Printed circuit board being as low as 1.35 mm)
Side-operational middle stroke type ( 0.7 mm ) with a high operating force (5.0 N) Improved soldering strength in the operating direction when mounted on PC board edge
Specifi cations
Recommended Ap pli ca tions Operation switches for portable electronic equipment
(Mobile phones, Digital still cameras, Camcorders Portable audio players, etc.)
Keyless entry (car electronics) Car audio equipment
Explanation of Part Numbers
6.2 mm2.5 mm Side-operational Edge Mount
Light Touch Switch es
Type:EVQP4
Travel Type Middle Push Travel Short Push Travel
Type Snap action / Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 100 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac (1 minute)
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
Mechanical
Operating Force 2.5 N, 3.5 N, 5.0 N 1.0 N, 1.6 N, 2.4 N, 3.5 N
Travel 0.70 mm±0.2 mm 0.25 mm –0.15 mm
Push Strength 50 N (1 minute)
Endurance Operating Life 2.5 N:1000000 cycles min.
3.5 N: 500000 cycles min.
5.0 N: 200000 cycles min.
1.0 N, 1.6 N: 1000000 cycles min.
2.4 N: 500000 cycles min.
3.5 N: 200000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
–20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 2500 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 12500 pcs.
+0.05
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP4
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES111 –
3.4
+0.
2
2.5
+0.
2_ 0
.1
φ1.8
1 2 P.W.B.
0.3 max.
3.1±
0.1
6.0±0.1
7.0±0.15.8±0.1
0.45
±0.1
1.65
±0.1
1.25
±0.1
0.05 max.R0.5
max.
2.05
±0.1
0.3
max
.0.
1m
ax.
3.1±0.13.5
+0.
2_ 0
.1
0.4±
0.2
1.
35±0
.1
4.8±0.1
2.7±0.1
2.55
5.7±0.16.2+0.4_0
_ 0.1
1 2
Circuit diagram
PWB land pattern for reference
5.1+0.1_0
6.2 +0.4_0
5.7±0.1
2.1+
0.2
_ 0.1
2.55
2.7±0.1
3.0
+0.
2_ 0
.1
φ2
4.8±0.12.6
1.6
1.
35±0
.1
0.4±
0.2
3.5
+0.
2_ 0
.1
3.1±0.1
0.1
max
.0.
3m
ax.
2.05
±0.1
R0.5max.
0.05 max.
1.25
±0.1
1.65
±0.1
0.45
±0.1
5.8±0.17.0±0.1
6.0±0.1
3.1±
0.1
0.3 max.
P.W.B.
1 2
Circuit diagram
PWB land pattern for reference
1 2
5.1+0.1_0
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 1
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQP4HB3B 2.5 N 3.5 mm Blue 1000000 cycles
EVQP4KB3Q 3.5 N 3.5 mm Grey 500000 cycles
EVQP4MB3K 5.0 N 3.5 mm Black 200000 cycles
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQP40B3M 1.0 N 3.5 mm Natural 1000000 cycles
EVQP42B3M 1.6 N 3.5 mm Natural 1000000 cycles
EVQP44B3M 2.4 N 3.5 mm Natural 500000 cycles
EVQP46B3M 3.5 N 3.5 mm Natural 200000 cycles
No. 2
EVQP4
Middle push travel
EVQP4
Short push travel
Height from surface of PCB : 1.35 mm
Height from surface of PCB : 1.35 mm
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP4
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES112 –
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Unit: mm
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVQP4 3.5 6.5±0.2 3.9±0.2 12.0±0.3 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.4±0.1 3.75±0.20–0
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ370.0±2.0 φ50.0 min. φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 14.0±1.5 — 1.0 to 3.0 1.0±0.5
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPS
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES113 –
E
1
Type
J-bent
StraightJ-bent
Straight
1.6 N
2.2 N
V
2
Q
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Without BossC
L
GQ
With BossDM
HR
P 0 2 KS
Embossed Taping6th 7th & 8th
029thK
Push Plate ColorBlack
Height1.8 mm
TerminalShape
OperatingForce
6.1 mm4.0 mm Side-operational SMD
Light Touch Switches
Type: EVQPS
Specifi cations
Features External dimensions : 6.1 mm4.0 mm, Height 1.8 mm Terminal shapes : straight, J-bent
Explanation of Part Numbers
–0.4 –0.7
Type Snap action / Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 50 mA 12 Vdc (Resistiv load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
Mechanical
Operating Force 1.6 N+0.7 N 2.2 N+0.8 N
Travel 0.3 mm +0.1 mm
Push Strength 30 N for 1 minute
Endurance Operating Life 100000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
–20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 4000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 16000 pcs.
–0.2
Recommended Applications Operating switches for other electronic equipment
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPS
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES114 –
7.4
4.6
4.0
1.6
1.4
2.4
1.5 0.5
6.1
3.4±0.20.5
1.5±
0.2
φ0.9+0.2
3.0±0.1
–0
3.0±0.05
4.4
2.4
5.6
3.0
A B
A' B'
φ0.8
+0.
1–0
.2
1.80.6
C0.3
0.6
(3)
A B
A' B'
PWB land pattern for reference(Tolerance:±0.1)
Circuit Diagram
7.4
6.0
4.0
1.6
1.4
2.4
1.5 0.5
6.1
3.0±0.1
1.5±
0.2
5.8
1.5
A B
A' B'
1.8 0.6A B
A' B'
1.4
0.5
φ0.8
+0.
1–0
.2
C0.3
(3)
φ0.9+0.2–0
3.0±0.05
3.4±0.2
3.4
PWB land pattern for reference(Tolerance:±0.1)
Circuit Diagram
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 1
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQPSD02K 1.6 N 1.8 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPSH02K 2.2 N 1.8 mm Black 100000 cycles
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQPSM02K 1.6 N 1.8 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPSR02K 2.2 N 1.8 mm Black 100000 cycles
No. 2
EVQPSDEVQPSH
J-bent terminals,with Boss
EVQPSMEVQPSR
Straight terminals,with Boss
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPS
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES115 –
7.4
4.6
4.0
1.6
1.4
2.4
1.5 0.5
6.1
3.4±0.2
1.5±
0.2
4.4
2.4
5.6
3.0
A B
A' B'
1.80.6 0.6
(3)
A B
A' B'
PWB land pattern for reference(Tolerance:±0.1)
Circuit Diagram
7.4
6.0
4.0
1.6
1.4
2.4
1.5 0.5
6.1
1.5±
0.2
1.8 0.6A B
A' B'
(3)
3.4±0.2
5.8
A B
A' B'
1.4
1.5
3.4
PWB land pattern for reference(Tolerance:±0.1)
Circuit Diagram
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 3
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQPSC02K 1.6 N 1.8 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPSG02K 2.2 N 1.8 mm Black 100000 cycles
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQPSL02K 1.6 N 1.8 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPSQ02K 2.2 N 1.8 mm Black 100000 cycles
No. 4
EVQPSCEVQPSG
J-bent terminals,without Boss
EVQPSLEVQPSQ
Straight terminals,without Boss
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPS
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES116 –
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=16.0 mm
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Unit: mm
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVQPS 1.8 6.8±0.2 8.0±0.2 16.0±0.3 7.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.30±0.05 2.7±0.2–0
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ370.0±2.0 φ50.0 min. φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 18.0±1.5 — 1.0 to 3.0 1.0±0.5
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPA/PB
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES117 –
A
A'
B
B'
E
1
V
2
Q P BA
3 4 5 6 7 8
Height
9
Push Plate ColorProduct Code Type
5N Type Light Touch Switches
Type: EVQPA/EVQPB
Features Wealth of product types: With or without a ground terminal,
vertical type, snap-in terminals, etc. Can be automatically dip-soldered: Integral molding of
the terminals and main body prevents the escape of fl ux.
Explanation of Part Numbers
Product Chart =In production
OperatingForce
Positioning Pin Ground TerminalHeight
4.3 mm 5.0 mm 7.0 mm 9.5 mm
1.0 N Without positioning pinWith ground terminal
Without ground terminal
1.3 N Without positioning pinWith ground terminal
Without ground terminal
1.6 N Without positioning pinWith ground terminal
Without ground terminal
2.6 N Without positioning pinWith ground terminal
Without ground terminal
Specifi cations
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Circuit Diagram
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistiv load)
Contact Re sis tance 50 m max.
Insulation Re sis tance 50 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 3 ms max. (ON) 8 ms max. (OFF)
MechanicalOperating Force
1.0 N±0.4 N1.3 N±0.4 N1.6 N±0.5 N
2.6 N±0.6 N
Travel 0.25 mm±0.10 mm
Endurance Operating Life 100000 cycles min. 50000 cycles min.
Operating Tem per a ture –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit
Top-push 500 pcs. Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)
Quantity/Carton Top-push 10000 pcs. 1 million cycles also available, consult our salesmen.
Recommended Applications Operating switches for other electronic equipment
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPA/PB
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES118 –
A B
A' B'
6.0±0.3
6.0±
0.3
φ3.6
4.5
3.4H
3.5±0.5 0.7
6.5
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.1)
View from mounting side
0.5 max.
(6.5
)(7
.8)
4-φ1.0 0.10
+–
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force H=Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQPAC04M 1.0 N 4.3 mm White 100000 cycles
EVQPAC05R 1.0 N 5.0 mm Red 100000 cycles
EVQPAC07K 1.0 N 7.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPAC09K 1.0 N 9.5 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPAD04M 1.3 N 4.3 mm White 100000 cycles
EVQPAD05R 1.3 N 5.0 mm Red 100000 cycles
EVQPAD07K 1.3 N 7.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPAD09K 1.3 N 9.5 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPAE04M 1.6 N 4.3 mm White 100000 cycles
EVQPAE05R 1.6 N 5.0 mm Red 100000 cycles
EVQPAE07K 1.6 N 7.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPAE09K 1.6 N 9.5 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPAG04M 2.6 N 4.3 mm White 50000 cycles
EVQPAG05R 2.6 N 5.0 mm Red 50000 cycles
EVQPAG07K 2.6 N 7.0 mm Black 50000 cycles
EVQPAG09K 2.6 N 9.5 mm Black 50000 cycles
EVQPA
Without ground ter mi nal
No. 1
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPA/PB
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES119 –
A B
A' B'
6.0±0.3
6.0±
0.3
φ3.6
4.5
3.4H
3.5 0.7
6.5
0.7
1.5
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.1)
View from mounting side
0.5 max.
4.1+–
0.10
(7.8
)(6
.5)
5-φ1.0 0.10
+–
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force H=Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQPBC04M 1.0 N 4.3 mm White 100000 cycles
EVQPBC05R 1.0 N 5.0 mm Red 100000 cycles
EVQPBC07K 1.0 N 7.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPBC09K 1.0 N 9.5 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPBD04M 1.3 N 4.3 mm White 100000 cycles
EVQPBD05R 1.3 N 5.0 mm Red 100000 cycles
EVQPBD07K 1.3 N 7.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPBD09K 1.3 N 9.5 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPBE04M 1.6 N 4.3 mm White 100000 cycles
EVQPBE05R 1.6 N 5.0 mm Red 100000 cycles
EVQPBE07K 1.6 N 7.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPBE09K 1.6 N 9.5 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPBG04M 2.6 N 4.3 mm White 50000 cycles
EVQPBG05R 2.6 N 5.0 mm Red 50000 cycles
EVQPBG07K 2.6 N 7.0 mm Black 50000 cycles
EVQPBG09K 2.6 N 9.5 mm Black 50000 cycles
EVQPB
With ground terminal
No. 2
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPF
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES120 –
E
1
V
2
Q P F
3 4 5 6 7 8
Height
9
Push Plate ColorProduct Code Type
A B
5N Type Side-operational Light Touch Switches
Type: EVQPF
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Operating switches for other electronic equipment
Specifi cations
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Circuit Diagram
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistiv load)
Contact Re sis tance 50 m max.
Insulation Re sis tance 50 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 3 ms max. (ON) 8 ms max. (OFF)
MechanicalOperating Force
1.0 N±0.4 N1.3 N±0.4 N1.6 N±0.5 N
2.6 N±0.6 N
Travel 0.25 mm±0.10 mm
Endurance Operating Life 100000 cycles min. 50000 cycles min.
Operating Tem per a ture –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit
Top-push 500 pcs. Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)
Quantity/Carton Top-push 10000 pcs. 1 million cycles also available, consult our salesmen.
Features Wealth of product types: Horizontal type,
snap-in terminals, etc. Can be automatically dip-soldered: Integral molding of
the terminals and main body prevents the escape of fl ux.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPF
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES121 –
7.56.2 0.
37.
13.
54.
00.4 0.7
4.57.0±0.5 k
3.5
0.3
0.5 max.
1.0
φ3.6
1.0
2.54.0
7.0±0.1
4.5±0.1
2.5±
0.1
2-φ1.3+0.1–0
2-φ1.0+0.1–0
A BPWB mounting hole for reference
(PWB thickness=1.6 mm)View from mounting side
Circuit diagram
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force k =Push Plate Place Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQPF003M 1.0 N 3.15 mm White 100000 cycles
EVQPF004R 1.0 N 3.85 mm Red 100000 cycles
EVQPF006K 1.0 N 5.85 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPF008K 1.0 N 8.35 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPF103M 1.3 N 3.15 mm White 100000 cycles
EVQPF104R 1.3 N 3.85 mm Red 100000 cycles
EVQPF106K 1.3 N 5.85 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPF108K 1.3 N 8.35 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPF203M 1.6 N 3.15 mm White 100000 cycles
EVQPF204R 1.6 N 3.85 mm Red 100000 cycles
EVQPF206K 1.6 N 5.85 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPF208K 1.6 N 8.35 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPF303M 2.6 N 3.15 mm White 50000 cycles
EVQPF304R 2.6 N 3.85 mm Red 50000 cycles
EVQPF306K 2.6 N 5.85 mm Black 50000 cycles
EVQPF308K 2.6 N 8.35 mm Black 50000 cycles
EVQPF
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQ2
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES122 –
A
A'
B
B'
E
1
V
2
Q 2
3 4 5 6 7 8
Height
9
Push Plate ColorProduct Code Type
5N Type 2R Light Touch Switches
Type: EVQ2
Product Chart =Standard
OperatingForce
Positioning Pin Ground TerminalHeight
4.3 mm 5.0 mm 7.0 mm 9.5 mm
1.0 N Without positioning pinWith ground terminal
Without ground terminal
1.3 N Without positioning pinWith ground terminal
Without ground terminal
1.6 N Without positioning pinWith ground terminal
Without ground terminal
2.6 N Without positioning pinWith ground terminal
Without ground terminal
Specifi cations
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Circuit Diagram
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistiv load)
Contact Re sis tance 50 m max.
Insulation Re sis tance 50 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 3 ms max. (ON) 8 ms max. (OFF)
MechanicalOperating Force
1.0 N±0.4 N1.3 N±0.4 N1.6 N±0.5 N
2.6 N±0.6 N
Travel 0.25 mm±0.10 mm
Endurance Operating Life 100000 cycles min. 50000 cycles min.
Operating Tem per a ture –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk) –20 °C to +40 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit
Top-push 1000 pcs. Radial Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton Top-push 10000 pcs. 1 million cycles also available, consult our salesmen.
Recommended Applications Operating switches for electronic equipment
Explanation of Part Numbers
Features Wealth of product types: With or without a ground terminal,
vertical type, snap-in terminals, etc. Can be automatically dip-soldered: Integral molding of
the terminals and main body prevents the escape of fl ux.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQ2
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES123 –
A B
AB
P Q
6.0±0.3
6.0±
0.3
φ3.6
2-φ1.00±0.05
φ4.0±0.3
0.3 max.
0.5
max
.
3.4 0.9
H
Circuitdiagram
5.0
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.1)
View from mounting side
JIS C0806-2 shall be applied to the itemsnot specified here.
1.0 max.1.0 max.
0.3
12.7±1.0
12.7±0.3
0.80.6
0.53.85±0.70
18.0
+1.
0–0
5.0+0.8–0.2
18.0
+1.
0–0
.5
1.3 max.1.3 max. 1.
5m
ax.
0.6±
0.3
E E'
6.35±0.70
6.0±
0.5
9.0±
0.5
Adhesive tape
Adhesive tape shallnot extend beyondbase paper.
P QThe direction of or side is randomly settled.
2.0
max
.
E-E' Section
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force H=Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQ21304M 1.0 N 4.3 mm White 100000 cycles
EVQ21305R 1.0 N 5.0 mm Red 100000 cycles
EVQ21307K 1.0 N 7.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQ21309K 1.0 N 9.5 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQ21404M 1.3 N 4.3 mm White 100000 cycles
EVQ21405R 1.3 N 5.0 mm Red 100000 cycles
EVQ21407K 1.3 N 7.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQ21409K 1.3 N 9.5 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQ21504M 1.6 N 4.3 mm White 100000 cycles
EVQ21505R 1.6 N 5.0 mm Red 100000 cycles
EVQ21507K 1.6 N 7.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQ21509K 1.6 N 9.5 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQ22704M 2.6 N 4.3 mm White 50000 cycles
EVQ22705R 2.6 N 5.0 mm Red 50000 cycles
EVQ22707K 2.6 N 7.0 mm Black 50000 cycles
EVQ22709K 2.6 N 9.5 mm Black 50000 cycles
EVQ2
With ground terminal
2-terminals typeWithout ground terminal
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPC
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES124 –
E
1
V
2
Q P C
3 4 5 6 7 8
Height
9
Push Plate ColorProduct Code Type
A B
5N Type Side-operational 4R Light Touch Switches
Type: EVQPC
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Operating switches for electronic equipment
Specifi cations
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Circuit Diagram
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistiv load)
Contact Re sis tance 50 m max.
Insulation Re sis tance 50 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 3 ms max. (ON) 8 ms max. (OFF)
MechanicalOperating Force
1.0 N±0.4 N1.3 N±0.4 N1.6 N±0.5 N
2.6 N±0.6 N
Travel 0.25 mm±0.10 mm
Endurance Operating Life 100000 cycles min. 50000 cycles min.
Operating Tem per a ture –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk) –20 °C to +40 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 700 pcs. Radial Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 7000 pcs.
1 million cycles also available, consult our salesmen.
Features Wealth of product types: Horizontal type,
snap-in terminals, etc. Can be automatically dip-soldered: Integral molding of
the terminals and main body prevents the escape of fl ux.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPC
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES125 –
A B
A B
2-φ1.30±0.05
2-φ1.00±0.05
5.0±0.1
7.0±0.1
φ4.0±0.212.7±0.2
18.0
+1.
0–0
.5
0.4±0.2
7.0±0.3
3.85±0.700.50+0.15–0.10
5.0+0.8–0.2
2.0±0.2
7.5±0.36.35±0.70 12.7±1.0
6.2±0.2
0.3
max
.
0.3
max
.
7.1±
0.2
4.0±
0.3
3.0±
0.2
2.0
max
.
17.0
±0.5
27.1
±1.0
4.0±
0.3
6.0±
0.5
9.0±
0.5
20.0
( Ho)
±0.5
0.3±0.24.75±0.25
2.3±0.2
2.0 max.2.0 max.4.
0±0.
1
φ3.5±0.2φ3.3±0.2
9.25±0.30
1.0±0.2
4.0±0.32.5±0.2
0.5 max.
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.1)
View from mounting side
Circuit diagram
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force Push Plate Place Push Plate Color Operating Life Insert Ma chine H0 Dimension
EVQPC005K 1.0 N 4.75 mm Black 100000 cycles Panasert 20 mm
EVQPC105K 1.3 N 4.75 mm Black 100000 cycles Panasert 20 mm
EVQPC205K 1.6 N 4.75 mm Black 100000 cycles Panasert 20 mm
EVQPC305K 2.6 N 4.75 mm Black 50000 cycles Panasert 20 mm
EVQPC405K 1.0 N 4.75 mm Black 100000 cycles Avisert 21 mm
EVQPCP05K 1.3 N 4.75 mm Black 100000 cycles Avisert 21 mm
EVQPC605K 1.6 N 4.75 mm Black 100000 cycles Avisert 21 mm
EVQPC705K 2.6 N 4.75 mm Black 50000 cycles Avisert 21 mm
EVQPC
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQ11
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES126 –
A B
E V Q 1 1
Product Code Type Height
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Push Plate Color
Specifi cations
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Circuit Diagram
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 50 mΩ max.
Insulation Resistance 50 MΩ min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 3 ms max. (ON) 8 ms max. (OFF)
MechanicalOperating Force
1.0 N±0.4 N1.3 N±0.4 N1.6 N±0.5 N
2.6 N±0.6 N
Travel 0.25 mm±0.10 mm
Endurance Operating Life 100000 cycles min. 50000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk) –20 °C to +40 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 2500 pcs. Radial Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 25000 pcs.
1 million cycles also available, consult our salesmen.
Round Type 2R Light Touch Switches
Type: EVQ11
Features External dimensions : 6.0 mm6.0 mm, Height 3.9 mm (Excluding the push plate) The cast-processed terminals improve the mountability
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Operating switches for electronic equipment
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQ11
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES127 –
PWB mounting hole for referenceView from mounting side
6.0
R3.2
0.5
max
.φ3.6
0.2 max.
5.0±
0.1
2-φ1.00±0.05
H3.
4
A B
P
1.0 max.1.0 max.
Q
0.3
18.0
+1.
00
(11.
4)(8
.9)
AB
1.3 max.1.3 max.
12.7±1.0
0.8
(3.8
)(1
.1)
6.35±0.70 12.7±0.3
φ4.0±0.3
6.0±
0.5
9.0±
0.5
18.0
+1.
0–0
.5
2.0
max
.
0.6±
0.3
1.5
max
.
5.0+0.8–0.2 3.85±0.70
E E'
Circuit diagram
Adhesive tape shallnot extend beyondbase paper.
Adhesive tape
E-E' section
QPThe direction of or side is randomly settled.
JIS C0806-2 shall be applied to the itemsnot specified here.
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force H=Height Push Plate Color Operating LifeEVQ11A04M 1.0N 4.3 mm White 100000 cyclesEVQ11A05R 1.0N 5.0 mm Red 100000 cyclesEVQ11A07K 1.0N 7.0 mm Black 100000 cyclesEVQ11A09K 1.0N 9.5 mm Black 100000 cyclesEVQ11D04K 1.0N 4.3 mm Black 1000000 cyclesEVQ11D05B 1.0N 5.0 mm Blue 1000000 cyclesEVQ11D07K 1.0N 7.0 mm Black 1000000 cyclesEVQ11D09K 1.0N 9.5 mm Black 1000000 cyclesEVQ11G04M 1.3N 4.3 mm White 100000 cyclesEVQ11G05R 1.3N 5.0 mm Red 100000 cyclesEVQ11G07K 1.3N 7.0 mm Black 100000 cyclesEVQ11G09K 1.3N 9.5 mm Black 100000 cyclesEVQ11K04K 1.3N 4.3 mm Black 1000000 cyclesEVQ11K05B 1.3N 5.0 mm Blue 1000000 cyclesEVQ11K07K 1.3N 7.0 mm Black 1000000 cyclesEVQ11K09K 1.3N 9.5 mm Black 1000000 cyclesEVQ11L04M 1.6N 4.3 mm White 100000 cyclesEVQ11L05R 1.6N 5.0 mm Red 100000 cyclesEVQ11L07K 1.6N 7.0 mm Black 100000 cyclesEVQ11L09K 1.6N 9.5 mm Black 100000 cyclesEVQ11Y04K 1.6N 4.3 mm Black 1000000 cyclesEVQ11Y05B 1.6N 5.0 mm Blue 1000000 cyclesEVQ11Y07K 1.6N 7.0 mm Black 1000000 cyclesEVQ11Y09K 1.6N 9.5 mm Black 1000000 cyclesEVQ11U04M 2.6N 4.3 mm White 50000 cyclesEVQ11U05R 2.6N 5.0 mm Red 50000 cyclesEVQ11U07K 2.6N 7.0 mm Black 50000 cyclesEVQ11U09K 2.6N 9.5 mm Black 50000 cyclesEVQ11V04K 2.6N 4.3 mm Black 100000 cyclesEVQ11V05B 2.6N 5.0 mm Blue 100000 cyclesEVQ11V07K 2.6N 7.0 mm Black 100000 cyclesEVQ11V09K 2.6N 9.5 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQ11
(Radial Taping)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPE
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES128 –
E V Q P E
Product Code Type Height
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Push Plate ColorOperating Force
A B
6.0 mm3.5 mm Light Touch Switch es
Type: EVQPE
Features External dimensions : 6.0 mm3.5 mm, Height 4.3 mm, 5.0 mm Wave soldering available
Recommended Applications Operating switches for other electronic equipment
Explanation of Part Numbers
Product ChartType
Operating Force Bulk Type Height
1.0 N±0.5 N EVQPE4H=4.3 mm
H=5.0 mm 1.6 N±0.5 N EVQPE5
2.4 N±0.6 N EVQPE6
Specifi cations
–0.10
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Circuit Diagram
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 50 mA 12 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Re sis tance 100 m max.
Insulation Re sis tance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
MechanicalOperating Force
1.0 N±0.5N
(Low force type)
1.6 N±0.5 N
(Standard)
2.4 N±0.6 N
Travel 0.25 mm +0.20 mm
Endurance Operating Life 50000 cycles min. 30000 cycles min.
Operating Tem per a ture –30 °C to +85 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 1000 pcs. Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)
Quantity/Carton 10000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPE
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES129 –
3.5±0.5
1.0±0.21.4
A
A
B
B
6.0
3.0
Circuit diagram
( 2.6
)
0.5 max.3.5
H 3.5±0.5
6.5 2-φ1
.30±
0.05
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.1)
View from mounting side
(6.5
)
(7.9
)
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force H=Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQPE404Q 1.0 N 4.3 mm Grey 50000 cycles
EVQPE405Q 1.0 N 5.0 mm Grey 50000 cycles
EVQPE504K 1.6 N 4.3 mm Black 50000 cycles
EVQPE505K 1.6 N 5.0 mm Black 50000 cycles
EVQPE604T 2.4 N 4.3 mm Brown 30000 cycles
EVQPE605T 2.4 N 5.0 mm Brown 30000 cycles
EVQPE4EVQPE5EVQPE6
(Bulk)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPJ
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES130 –
A B
E V Q P J
Product Code Type Height
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Push Plate ColorOperating Force
6.0 mm3.5 mm 2R Light Touch Switch es
Type: EVQPJ
Explanation of Part Numbers
Product Chart
Type
Operating ForceRadial Taping Height
1.0 N±0.5 N EVQPJGH=4.3 mm
H=5.0 mm 1.6 N±0.5 N EVQPJH
2.4 N±0.6 N EVQPJJ
Specifi cations
–0.10
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Circuit Diagram
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 50 mA 12 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Re sis tance 100 m max.
Insulation Re sis tance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
MechanicalOperating Force
1.0 N±0.5N(Low force type)
1.6 N±0.5 N(Standard)
2.4 N±0.6 N
Travel 0.25 mm +0.20 mm
Endurance Operating Life 50000 cycles min. 30000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –30 °C to +85 °C
Storage Tem per a ture –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk) –20 °C to +40 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 2000 pcs. Radial Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 20000 pcs.
Features External dimensions : 6.0 mm3.5 mm, Height 4.3 mm, 5.0 mm Wave soldering available
Recommended Applications Operating switches for other electronic equipment
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPJ
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES131 –
A B
AB
Circuit diagram
Cross section E-E'
3.5±0.5
3.0
3.4
4.0
( 2.0
)5.
0
1.1
6.0
1.0 max.1.0 max.
1.3 max.1.3 max.
1.5
max
.
6.0±
0.5
9.0±
0.5
0.6±
0.312.7±1.0
E E'
3.85±0.70
12.7±0.36.35±0.70
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.1)
View from mounting side
5.0
2-φ0.95±0.05
0.3
18.0
+1.
00
18.0
+1.
0–0
.5
5.0+0.8–0.2
0.80.5 Adhesive tape shall not extend beyond
base paper.
JIS C0806-2 shall be applied to the items not specified here.
Adhesive tape
φ4.0±0.3
90±3°
2.0
max
.
H
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force H=Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQPJG04Q 1.0 N 4.3 mm Grey 50000 cycles
EVQPJG05Q 1.0 N 5.0 mm Grey 50000 cycles
EVQPJH04K 1.6 N 4.3 mm Black 50000 cycles
EVQPJH05K 1.6 N 5.0 mm Black 50000 cycles
EVQPJJ04T 2.4 N 4.3 mm Brown 30000 cycles
EVQPJJ05T 2.4 N 5.0 mm Brown 30000 cycles
EVQPJGEVQPJHEVQPJJ
(Radial Taping)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP0
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES132 –
Force
Push Travel
OF
MDPT OT
RF
E
1
V
2
Q
3
P
4
0
5 6
0
7
7
8
K
9
Type
6thED
Operating Force 7th & 8th07
Mounting Height7.45 mm
9thK
Push Plate ColorBlack0.74 N
1.30 N
Type Snap action / Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 50 mA 30 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 100 m max. (1 max. after life test)
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 600 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 3 ms max. (ON), 8 ms max. (OFF)
Mechanical
Operating Force EVQP0E : 0.74 N max. EVQP0D : 1.3 N max.
Returning Force 0.1 N min.
Pre-travel 0.5 mm max.
Movement Differential (MD) 0.12 mm max.
Over Travel 0.2 mm max.
Endurance Operating Life EVQP0E : 5000000 cycles min. EVQP0D : 1000000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Temperature –45 °C to +85 °C
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 500 pcs. Polyethylene Bag (Bulk)
Quantity/Carton 10000 pcs.
Specifi cations
Over Travel Light Touch Switches
Type: EVQP0
Explanation of Part Numbers
Features External dimensions : 6.2 mm6.2 mm, Height 7.45 mm Comfortable for long-time operation due to over-travel Excellent light-touch operational feel
Recommended Applications Operating switches for other electronic equipment Operation switches for PC mouse
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP0
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES133 –
Circuit diagram
A B
6.2±0.1
φ3.06.2±
0.1
7.45
max
.7.
0±0.
2
3.5±
0.2
Ret
urni
ngP
ositi
onO
per
atin
gP
ositi
on 0.3 max
0.9 6.
7
0.8±0.1
2.5
0.3±0.1
5.08±0.20
0.75
1.8
A B
R0.5
3.0
3.0
4.0
5.0±
0.1
2-φ1.00±0.05
PWB mounting hole for reference
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQP0E07K 0.74 N 7.45 mm Black 5000000 cycles
EVQP0D07K 1.30 N 7.45 mm Black 1000000 cycles
EVQP0
(Bulk)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAH
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES134 –
Product Code Type Height
E
1
V
2
P A H
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
ABC
1st0.8 N0.9 N1.0 N
2nd1.6 N2.0 N2.6 N
Operating Force Terminal TypeJ-bent
6thG7th Positioning Boss
Without
Specifi cations
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPDT
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 3 ms max. (ON), 20 ms max. (OFF)
Mechanical Operating Force
1st : 0.8 N, 0.9 N, 1.0 N
2nd : 1.6 N, 2.0 N, 2.6 N
Travel 1st: 0.15 mm 2nd: 0.3 mm
Endurance Operating Life
1.6 N : 100000 cycles min.
2.0 N : 100000 cycles min.
2.6 N : 30000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
–20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 8000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 40000 pcs.
4 mm Square Double-action SMD
Light Touch Switches
Type: EVPAH
Explanation of Part Numbers
Features External dimensions : 4.0 mm4.1 mm, Height 0.59 mm Long operation life Wide selection of double action operating variations
Recommended Applications Camera function (Digital still cameras, Camcorders,
Mobile phones, etc.) for shutter switches.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAH
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES135 –
0.59
0.25
2.7
0.75
1.2
3.44.8
(0.63)
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.9
0.35
φ3.3
+0.1–0.32-4.25
+0.3–0.14.55
B
(3.4)
B’
D
B B’D
C C’
A
C C’
A
4
4.1
0.2
C or/and C’ shall be usedas common/ground terminal.
Circuit Diagram
(Washer)
D terminalGround terminal (Washer to D terminal)
Washer
PWB land pattern for reference(View from mounting side)
+0.3–0.1
B B’
C C’
A
Please do not Provide anyLand pattern in this area.
(2.8
)
(2.7)
D
2nd operation
1st operation
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Boss Ground TerminalOperating Force
Height Operating Life1 th 2 th
EVPAHAG6A Without With 0.8 N 1.6 N 0.59 100000 cycles
EVPAHBG6A Without With 0.9 N 2.0 N 0.59 100000 cycles
EVPAHCG6A Without With 1.0 N 2.6 N 0.59 30000 cycles
EVPAH
With J-bent terminals
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAH
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES136 –
0.3 mm max.
Switch
Mounting surface
Test pole
Leaning angle range90 °±4 °
(vertical direction)φ1.2
R0.05
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Unit: mm
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVPAH 0.59 4.36±0.2 4.4±0.2 12.0+0.3 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.1 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.3±0.05 1.25+0.2
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ380.0±2.0 φ80.0±1.0 φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 13.5±1.0 17.5±1.0 1.0 to 3.0 1.0±0.5
Recommended Shape of Test Pole Recommended Operating Conditions
–0.1 –0 –0.1
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPR/Q0/3PR
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES137 –
E
1
V
2
Q
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4th, 5th, 6thPRB, Q04PR7, 3PRPR5, PRDPR9, PRH
Ground TerminalWithoutWithout
WithWith
BossWithout
WithWithout
With
7th, 8th, 9thA10A09
Push PlateWith
Without
Specifi cations
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPDT
Push Plate type With Push Plate Without Push Plate
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 100 m max.
Insulation Resistance 50 M min.
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 100 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 3 ms max. (ON) 20 ms max. (OFF)
Mechanical Operating Force
1st : 0.7 N 1st : 1.0 N
2nd : 2.6 N 2nd : 2.6 N
Travel 1st: 0.4 mm 2nd: 0.6 mm
Endurance Operating Life 30000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
–20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 5000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 25000 pcs.
6 mm Square Thin Type Double-action SMD
Light Touch Switches
Type: EVQPR/EVQQ0/EVQ3PR
Explanation of Part Numbers
Features External dimensions : 6.0 mm6.0 mm, Height : 0.9 mm (Without push plate) 0.95 mm (With push plate) Wide selection of double action operating variations With push plate : 1st 0.7 N, 2nd 2.6 N Without push plate : 1st 1.0 N, 2nd 2.6 N Wide selection of double action operating variations
Recommended Applications Camera function (Digital still cameras, Camcorders, Mobile phones, etc.) Operating switches for menu scrolling and confi rmation
for portable equipment.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPR/Q0/3PR
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES138 –
Gold plate
C
D
C A B D
DBAC
C A B D
Dummy
Dummy
Dummy
B
6.0
B C
2.1±
0.1
1.1±
0.1
1.8±
0.1
0.8±
0.1
3.6±
0.1
1.6±
0.1
7.4±0.14.8±0.1
(5.0)
1.3
1.6
A
1.3
1.3
0.4
0.6
1.0
C0.1
0.05±0.05
2.4±0.13.7±0.1
0.8±0.
1
+0.05
–0φ1.05
+0.05–0.1φ0.8
1
1
+0.0
5–0
φ0.8
51.00
±0.05
1.00±0.05
1.2
1.2
φ1.0
+0.
05–0
.1
1.2±
0.05
1.20±0.05A D
1.2
0.5
1.01.2
φ2.5
φ0.8
φ0.5
6.05.7
1.05±0.1
0.95±0.2
Circuit diagram PWB land pattern for reference(View from mounting side)
E F
Recommended solderthickness t=0.15±0.03
Either E or F type will be used becauseof variety of molding dies.
(Day)
(Year)
(Month)
OFF
1st Action
2nd Action
φ3.5
Gold plate
C
D
2nd Action
1st Action
Dummy
C A B D
DBAC
C A B D
Dummy
Dummy
Dummy
B
6.0
5.76.0
B C
2.1±
0.1
1.1±
0.1
1.8±
0.1
0.8±
0.1
3.6±
0.1
1.6±
0.1
7.4±0.14.8±0.1
(5.0)
1.3
1.6
A
1.3
1.3
0.4
0.6
0.9
1.0
1.0
C0.1
0.05±0.05
2.4±0.13.7±0.1
0.8±
0.1
+0.05–0
φ1.05
+0.05–0.1φ0.8
1.0
1.0
+0.0
5–0
φ0.8
51.0
0±0.0
5
1.2
1.2
+0.
05–0
.1φ1
(Day)
(Year)
φ0.5
(Month)
1.2±
0.05
1.20±0.05A D
1.2
1.2
0.5
0.6
PWB land pattern for reference(View from mounting side)
Circuit diagram
1.00±0.05
EF
Either E or F type will be used becauseof variety of molding dies.
Recommended solderthickness t=0.15±0.03
No. 1
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Ground Terminal Boss Operating Force Height Operating LifeEVQQ04A10 Without Without 1st/0.7 N, 2nd/2.6 N 0.95 mm 30000 cyclesEVQPR7A10 Without With 1st/0.7 N, 2nd/2.6 N 0.95 mm 30000 cyclesEVQPR5A10 With Without 1st/0.7 N, 2nd/2.6 N 0.95 mm 30000 cyclesEVQPR9A10 With With 1st/0.7 N, 2nd/2.6 N 0.95 mm 30000 cycles
Part Numbers Ground Terminal Boss Operating Force Height Operating LifeEVQPRBA09 Without Without 1st/1.0 N, 2nd/2.6 N 0.9 mm 30000 cyclesEVQ3PRA09 Without With 1st/1.0 N, 2nd/2.6 N 0.9 mm 30000 cyclesEVQPRDA09 With Without 1st/1.0 N, 2nd/2.6 N 0.9 mm 30000 cyclesEVQPRHA09 With With 1st/1.0 N, 2nd/2.6 N 0.9 mm 30000 cycles
No. 2
With Push Plate
EVQQ0EVQPR
(Mounting base with Boss)(With ground terminal)
Without Push Plate
EVQPREVQ3PR
(Mounting base with Boss)(With ground terminal)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQPR/Q0/3PR
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES139 –
0.3 mm max.
Switch
Mounting surface
Test pole
Leaning angle range90 °±4 °
(vertical direction)φ1.2
R0.05
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Unit: mm
–0.1
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVQPR/Q0/3PR 0.9, 0.95 6.3±0.3 6.3±0.3 12.0±0.3 5.50±0.15 1.75±0.15 8.00±0.15 2.00±0.15 4.00±0.15 1.5+0.1 0.30±0.05 1.7+0.2–0
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ380.0±2.0 φ80.0±1.0 φ13.0±0.2 φ21.0±0.8 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 13.5±1.0 17.5±1.0 1.0 to 3.0 1.0±0.5
Recommended Shape of Test Pole Recommended Operating Conditions
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAJ
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES140 –
E
1
V
2
P
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Product code Type Height
A J
Specifi cations
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPDT
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Volt age 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing3 ms max. (ON)
20 ms max. (OFF)
Mechanical
Operating Force (1st Action) 1.6 N
Operating Force (2nd Action) 2.6 N
Travel (1st Action) 0.15 mm
Travel (2nd Action) 0.4 mm
Push Strength 30 N for 15 seconds
Endurance Operating Life 100000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
–20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 5000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 25000 pcs.
4.7 mm3.5 mm Double-action Side-operational
SMD Light Touch Switches
Type: EVPAJ
Explanation of Part Numbers
Features External dimensions : 4.7 mm3.5 mm (Without push
plate), Height : 1.2 mm With ground terminal
Recommended Applications Camera function (Digital still cameras, Camcorders, Mobile phones, etc.) Operating switches for menu scrolling and confi rmation
for portable equipment.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAJ
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES141 –
A or/and A’ shall be usedas common/ground terminal.
Common/ground terminal
Circuit Diagram
Please do not Provide anyLand pattern in this area.
PWB land pattern for reference(View from mounting side)Push plate side
4.5±
0.2
1.2±
0.15
5.8±0.2
3.5±0.1
0.6±
0.05
1.1±
0.05
2.9±
0.1
1.9
0.5
0.5
0.5
4.7±0.2
2.3 0.85
A
D
C
A'
B
C'3.5
–0.1
5+
0.20
AD
1st2nd
C
A'BC'
A
D
C
A'
B
C'
6.6±0.2
0.3
0.4
3±0.1
φ0.5
50+0
.1
5.9±0.16.9±0.1
A or/and A’ shall be usedas common/ground terminal.
Common/ground terminal
Circuit Diagram
Please do not Provide anyLand pattern in this area.
PWB land pattern for reference(View from mounting side)
Push plate side
4.5±
0.2
1.2±
0.15
6.6±0.2
3.5±0.1
0.6±
0.05
3±0.16.9±0.1
1.1±
0.05
2.9±
0.1
1.9
0.5
0.5
0.5
4.7±0.2
2.3 0.85
A
D
C
A'
B
C'3.5
–0.1
5+
0.20
AD
1st2nd
C
A'BC'
A
D
C
A'
B
C'
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
EVPAJ
L-shape
Part Nambers : EVPAJAE1A
EVPAJ
(Embossed Taping)With Ground Terminal
Part Nambers : EVPAJAC1A
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAJ
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES142 –
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
Embossed Carrier Tap ing Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ380.0±2.0 φ80.0±1.0 φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 13.5±1.0 17.5±1.0 – –
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVPAJ 1.2 6.8±0.2 4.9±0.2 12.0+0.3 5.78±0.1 1.75±0.1 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.3±0.05 1.95+0.3_0
Unit: mm
_0.1 _0
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQQ0
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES143 –
E
1
V
2
Q
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Product code Type Height
Q 0
C A B D
C A B D
C A B D
OFF
1st Action
2nd Action
Specifi cations
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPDT
Electrical
Circuit Diagram
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 20 mA 15 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 500 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Volt age 100 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing5 ms max. (ON)
20 ms max. (OFF)
Mechanical
Operating Force (1st Action) 1.0 N
Operating Force (2nd Action) 2.6 N
Travel (1st Action) 0.4 mm
Travel (2nd Action) 0.5 mm
Push Strength 30 N for 1 minute
Endurance Operating Life 1st Action with click : 200000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
–20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 2500 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 12500 pcs.
6.2 mm3.7 mm Double-action
Side-operational Edge Mount / SMD
Light Touch Switches
Type: EVQQ0
Explanation of Part Numbers
Features External dimensions : 6.2 mm3.75 mm (Excluding the
push plate), Height : 3.5 mm (EVQQ0C Type : Printed circuit board being as low as 1.35 mm)
Good operability due to long stroke : 1st 0.4 mm, 2nd 0.5 mm Improved soldering strength in the operating direction when mounted on PC board edge
Recommended Applications Camera function (Digital still cameras, Camcorders, Mobile phones, etc.) Operating switches for menu scrolling and confi rmation
for portable equipment.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQQ0
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES144 –
PWB land pattern for reference(Tolerance : ±0.1)
41.61
4.3
3.25
2.85
2.5
0.45
7.25.8
–0+0.1
5.1
0.35 max.0.3 min.
0.25 max.
0.4
max
.
0.15
min
.
R1 max.
R1.32.
85
1.8
–0.1
+0.
23.
5
0.4
–0.0
5+
0.1
0
1.6
2.6–0
.1+
0.2
4.35
–0+0.56.2
–0.1
+0.
25.
25
3.75
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3
1.
35±0
.1(1.9
5)
5.7±0.1
1 2 3
φ2
4.8
(1.5
)
2.8±0.12-1±0.1 0.8±0.1
1.9
(1.8
5or
1.95
)
2nd Action
1st Action
OFF
P.W.B
Note : Please put your consideration not to let anyburrs of printed wiring board stick out fromthe mounting surface of our switches.
Circuit diagram
Y’
Y
X’X
Circuit daiagram
1 2 3
321
1 2 3
(0.9
)2-
3
0.67.1
5.32.8
P.W.B.
3-4.
753-
3.6
3-0.
3
3-11.6
4
PWB land pattern for reference(View from mounting side) (Tolerance : ±0.1)
1.95
Mounting SurfaceBetween portion A and B on washer.
1.6
(5)(4.4)
Between washer and terminals.(Initial condition : 0 to 0.1 mm)
0±0.
05
(Mou
nting
base
)
(Was
her)
0.05
±0.0
5
B
B
A
1.9
+0.
04-0
.15
(1.5
)
123
φ2
4.8C
2-1±0.1 0.8±0.12.8±0.15.7±0.1
1.35
±0.1
3.75
6.2+0.5–0
2.6
0.4
3.5
+0.
2–0
.1
1.8
2.85
4.35
+0.
2–0
.15.
25+
0.2
–0.1
Support
P.W.B.
2nd Action
1st Action
OFF
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Operating Life
EVQQ0C03K 1st Action/1.0 N (With click)2nd Action/2.6 N 3.5 mm 200000 cycles
Part Numbers Operating Force Height Operating Life
EVQQ0G03K 1st Action/1.0 N (With click)2nd Action/2.6 N 3.5 mm 200000 cycles
No. 1
No. 2
Height from surface of PCB : 1.35 mm
EVQQ0C0
(Embossed Taping)
EVQQ0G0
(Embossed Taping)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQQ0
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES145 –
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Unit: mm
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVQQ0CEVQQ0G
3.5 6.6±0.25.7±0.2
12.0±0.3 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.4±0.13.8±0.2
5.8±0.2 3.7±0.2–0
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ380.0±2.0 φ80.0±1.0 φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 13.5±1.0 17.5±1.0 1.0 to 3.0 1.0±0.5
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP0/P1/9P
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES146 –
E
1
V
2
Q
3 4
0 5 M
5 6 7 8 9
4th, 5th, 6thP1KP1YP19P1FP1DP049P1
Operating Force2.2 N2.5 N1.6 N2.0 N2.5 N3.0 N3.5 N
Travel
1.0 mm
1.3 mm
7th & 8th05
Height from Bottom to Knob Top5.0 mm
9thM
Push Plate ColorNatural
Specifi cations
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 50 mA 12 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 100 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
Mechanical Operating Force
1.6 N±0.5 N, 2.0 N±0.6 N2.5 N±0.6 N3.0 N±0.8 N3.5 N±1.0 N
2.2 N±0.6 N2.5 N±0.6 N
Travel 1.3 mm±0.2 mm 1.0 mm±0.2 mm
Endurance Operating Life3.5 N type: 30000 cycles min.
1.6 N, 2.0 N, 2.2 N, 2.5 N, 3.0 N types: 100000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk) –20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 2000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 10000 pcs.
Features External dimensions : 6.0 mm6.1 mm, Height 5.0 mm
(Including the push plate) Steady and low contact resistance (100 mΩ max.) Excellent solderability (J-bent-type terminals)
6 mm Square Long Travel SMD
Light Touch Switches
Type: EVQP0/EVQP1/EVQ9P
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Operating switches for car electronic equipment. Input on operating switches for telephones, electronic
musical instruments, etc.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP0/P1/9P
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES147 –
PWB land pattern for reference
Circuit diagram
4.5±0.1
A'
A' B'
A B
B'
A B
6.1±
0.1
1.01.04.5±0.1
3.6
10.0
0.75
6.0 3.5H
(4.0
)
φ4.6
1.0±0.3
R0.2
7.4
0-
0.6
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force Travel H=Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQP1K05M 2.2 N 1.0 mm 5.0 mm Natural 100000 cycles
EVQP1Y05M 2.5 N 1.0 mm 5.0 mm Natural 100000 cycles
EVQP1905M 1.6 N 1.3 mm 5.0 mm Natural 100000 cycles
EVQP1F05M 2.0 N 1.3 mm 5.0 mm Natural 100000 cycles
EVQP1D05M 2.5 N 1.3 mm 5.0 mm Natural 100000 cycles
EVQP0405M 3.0 N 1.3 mm 5.0 mm Natural 100000 cycles
EVQ9P105M 3.5 N 1.3 mm 5.0 mm Natural 30000 cycles
EVQP0
EVQP1
EVQ9P
(Embossed Taping)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQP0/P1/9P
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES148 –
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVQP0 EVQP1EVQ9P
5.0 6.4±0.2 7.9±0.2 12.0±0.3 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.4±0.1 5.25±0.20
Unit: mm
–0
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ370.0±2.0 φ50.0 min. φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 14.0±1.5 — 1.0 to 3.0 1.0±0.5
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAS
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES149 –
E
1
V
2
P
3
A
4
S
5 6 7 8 9
4th, 5th, 6thASCASDASAASBASDASEASF
Operating Force2.2 N2.5 N1.6 N2.0 N2.5 N3.0 N3.5 N
7thBC
Travel1.0 mm1.3 mm
Travel
1.0 mm
1.3 mm
1 A
9thA
OtherStandard
8th
1
Height from Bottomto Knob Top
5 mm
Push Plate/ Cover PlateColor
Black / Black
Specifi cations
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 50 mA 12 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 100 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
Mechanical Operating Force
1.6 N±0.5 N, 2.0 N±0.6 N2.5 N±0.6 N3.0 N±0.8 N3.5 N±1.0 N
2.2 N±0.6 N2.5 N±0.6 N
Travel 1.3 mm±0.2 mm 1.0 mm±0.2 mm
Endurance Operating Life3.5 N type: 30000 cycles min.
1.6 N, 2.0 N, 2.2 N, 2.5 N, 3.0 N types: 100000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –40 °C to +90 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +90 °C (Bulk) –20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 2000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 10000 pcs.
Features External dimensions : 6.0 mm6.1 mm, Height 5.0 mm
(Including the push plate) Steady and low contact resistance (100 mΩ max.) Excellent solderability (J-bent-type terminals)
6 mm Square Long Travel 2 terminals
SMD Light Touch Switches
Type: EVPAS
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Operating switches for car electronic equipment. Input on operating switches for telephones, electronic
musical instruments, etc.
Feb. 201300
Light Touch Switches/EVPAS
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES150 –
A B
Circuit diagram
PWB land pattern for reference
(4.0)
R0.2
Knob
8.0±0.1
7.0±0.3
φ4.6
6.0
1.4
6.1
1.0±
0.3
3.5 5.
0
4.0±0.1
2.0±
0.1
A B
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force Travel H=Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVPASCB1A 2.2 N 1.0 mm 5.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVPASDB1A 2.5 N 1.0 mm 5.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVPASAC1A 1.6 N 1.3 mm 5.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVPASBC1A 2.0 N 1.3 mm 5.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVPASDC1A 2.5 N 1.3 mm 5.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVPASEC1A 3.0 N 1.3 mm 5.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVPASFC1A 3.5 N 1.3 mm 5.0 mm Black 30000 cycles
EVPASP
(Embossed Taping)
Feb. 201300
Light Touch Switches/EVPAS
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES151 –
G
FA
B
E
C
D
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=12.0 mm
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVPAS 5.0 6.8±0.2 7.7±0.2 12.0±0.3 5.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 8.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.4±0.1 5.25±0.20
Unit: mm
–0
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ380.0±2.0 φ80.0±1.0 φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item F G
Rate (mm) 13.5±1.0 17.5±1.0
Feb. 201300
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Light Touch Switches/EVQPV
– ES152 –
E
1
V
2
Q
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 5 KP V
6thA2GFW
Mounting Height5.0 mm
7th & 8th05
Operating Force2.2 N1.6 N2.0 N2.5 N3.5 N
Push Travel1.0 mm
1.3 mm
Push Plate ColorBlack
9thK
Type
Specifi cations
6 mm Square Long Travel 2R Light Touch Switches
Type: EVQPV
Explanation of Part Numbers
Features External dimensions : 6.0 mm6.1 mm, Height 5.0 mm
(Including the push plate) High mountability, section terminals and radial taping
pack age Low contact resistance and steady contact char ac ter is tics
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 50 mA 12 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 100 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
Mechanical Operating Force 2.2 N 1.6 N, 2.0 N, 2.5 N, 3.5 N
Travel 1.0 mm±0.2 mm 1.3 mm±0.2 mm
Endurance Operating Life100000 cycles min.
(3.5 N type : 30000 cycles min.)
Operating Temperature –30 °C to +85 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
–20 °C to +40 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 2500 pcs. Radial Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 25000 pcs.
Recommended Applications Operating switches for car electronic equipment. Input on operating switches for telephones, electronic
musical instruments, etc.
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Light Touch Switches/EVQPV
– ES153 –
6.1
6.0
0.45
0.35
Terminal cross section(S=10/1)
φ4.6
H3.
5
Circuit diagramA B
0.2 max.
1.0 max.1.0 max.
1.0 max.1.0 max.
a b
0.350.3
18.0
+1
.0-
0
The direction of a or b side is randomly settled.
12.7±1.0
0.8
0.45
0.45A
5.0 +0.8–0.2
3.85±0.70
6.35±0.70 12.7±0.3
(4.4
5)
(11.4
)(8
.9)
(2.1
)
A
E
A'
E'
Adhesive tape shall notextend beyond base paper.
Adhesive tape
2.0
max
.6.0
±0.5
9.0±
0.5
18.0
+1
.0–0
.5
φ4.0±0.3
JIS C0806-2 shall be applied for the items not specified here.
0.6±
0.3
1.5
max
.
E-E' section
PWB mounting hole for referenceView from mounting side
2-φ1.00±0.05
5.0±
0.1
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force Travel H=Height Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQPVA05K 2.2 N 1.0 mm 5.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPV205K 1.6 N 1.3 mm 5.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPVG05K 2.0 N 1.3 mm 5.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPVF05K 2.5 N 1.3 mm 5.0 mm Black 100000 cycles
EVQPVW05K 3.5 N 1.3 mm 5.0 mm Black 30000 cycles
EVQPV
(Radial Taping)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQQ1
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES154 –
E
1
V
2
Q
3
Q
4
1
5 6 7 8
Product Code Type Height
9
Push Plate Color
Specifi cations
Type Snap action/Push-on 1-pole 1-throw SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 50 mA 12 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 100 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Volt age 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
MechanicalOperating Force 4 N, 5 N
Travel 1.0 mm
Endurance Operating Life 100000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
–20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 1000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 10000 pcs.
8 mm Square Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches
Type: EVQQ1
Features External dimensions : 8.5 mm8.5 mm, Height 6.5 mm
(Including the push plate) High operating force which prevents incorrect
operation Reliable contact (dust-proof design)
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Operating switches for car electronic equipment, car audio systems, etc. Steering switches
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQQ1
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES155 –
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
P2 P0
P1t2
t1
φD0
A
B
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocket
FW
E
Tape width=16.0 mm
180
260MAX.
150
230
90±30 40±10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
C
B D
CA
A
4.5±0.1
(12)
1.15
6.1±
0.1
8.5±0.1(4.5)
0.75
φ6.2
B D
5.1
+0.2– 0.16.5
+0
–0.
89.
9
PWB land pattern for reference
Circuit diagram
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
EVQQ1
(Embossed Taping)
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions Embossed Carrier Tap ing
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia. t1 t2
EVQQ1 6.5 8.9±0.2 10.1±0.2 16.0±0.3 7.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 12.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.40±0.05 6.8±0.2
Unit: mm
–0
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ380.0±2.0 φ80.0±1.0 φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 17.5±0.5 21.5±1.0 1.0 to 3.0 1.0±0.5
Part Numbers Operating Force Push Plate Color
EVQQ1D06M 4.0 N Natural
EVQQ1E06K 5.0 N Black
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQQJ
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES156 –
E
1
V
2
Q
3
Q
4
J
5 6 7 8
Product Code Type Height
9
Push Plate Color
Specifi cations
Type Snap action/Push-on 1-pole 1-throw SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 5 mA 12 Vdc. (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 200 m max.
Insulation Resistance 50 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Volt age 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
MechanicalOperating Force 0.8 N±0.4 N 1.3 N±0.6 N 2.5 N±0.6 N 3.0 N±0.6 N
Travel 1.0 mm 1.0 mm 1.2 mm 1.75 mm
Endurance Operating Life 1000000 cycles min. 100000 cycles min. 100000 cycles min. 100000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –20 °C to +70 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk)
–20 °C to +40 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 1000 pcs. Radial Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 10000 pcs.
8 mm Square Long Travel 2R Light Touch Switches
Type: EVQQJ
Features External dimensions : 8.0 mm8.0 mm, Height 5.0 mm, 5.5 mm, 6.1 mm (Including the push plate) Long life (self-cleaning) Low contact resistance with metal contacts Small bouncing
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Operating Switches for car air conditioners, car audio systems, etc. Push switches for camcorders Ten-key switch es for telephones
Application Notes: Washing is not allowed. Inclination of pushing knob shall be 3 ° max.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVQQJ
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES157 –
A B
AB
P Q
2-φ1.00±0.05Circuit Diagram
EVQQJF Only
5.0
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.1)
View from mounting side
JIS C0806-2 shall be applied to the items not specified here.
P QThe direction of or side is randomly settled.
E-E' section
1.5
max
.0.
6±0.
3
Test pole
8.0
C0.2
R1
φ3.4
1.0 max. 1.0 max.
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.8
18.0
+1.
0–0
.55.0
min
.1.
81.
5
5.0+0.8–0.2 3.85±0.50
12.7±1.01.3 max.
1.3 max.
E E'
6.0±
0.5
9.0±
0.5
6.35±1.00 12.7±0.3
0.3 max.
2.0
4.0
3.0
Hh
φ4.0±0.3
Adhesive tape shallnot extend beyondbase paper.
Adhesive tape
R0.3φ3.5
2.0
max
.
18.0
1.0
0+ –
0.3 max.
Hh
R0.3φ3.3
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Part Numbers Operating Force Travel H=Height h=Mounting Base Push Plate Color Operating Life
EVQQJJ05Q 0.8 N 1.0 mm 5.0 mm 3.5 mm max. Grey 1000000 cycles
EVQQJE05D 1.3 N 1.0 mm 5.0 mm 3.6 mm max. Orange 100000 cycles
EVQQJD05B 2.5 N 1.2 mm 5.5 mm 3.8 mm max. Blue 100000 cycles
EVQQJF06Q 3.0 N 1.75 mm 6.1 mm 4.0 mm max. Grey 100000 cycles
EVQQJ
(Radial Taping)
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAD
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES158 –
Product Code Type Height
E
1
V
2
P
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A D
6thK
Terminal6 Terminals
Specifi cations
Features The open center space allows for fl exibility in choosing a LED Up to a 4.2-mm diameter chip LED can be mounted. Provides an excellent operational feel. • Crisp tactile feedback • Long stroke (1 mm) Supports auto refl ow soldering.
Explanation of Part Numbers
10 mm Square Center Space Long Travel SMD Light Touch Switches
Type: EVPAD
Recommended Applications Operating switches for car electronic equipment (car
audio systems, car air conditioners, etc.)
Type Snap action/Push-on type SPST
Electrical
Rating 10 µA 2 Vdc to 50 mA 12 Vdc (Resistive load)
Contact Resistance 100 m max.
Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 100 Vdc)
Dielectric With stand ing Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 10 ms max. (ON, OFF)
MechanicalOperating Force 4.0 N±0.8 N
Travel 1.0 mm±0.15 mm
Endurance Operating Life 100000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C (Bulk) –20 °C to +60 °C (Taping)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 1000 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 5000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Light Touch Switches/EVPAD
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– ES159 –
180
260MAX.
150
230
90 to 30 40 to 10
(Normal Temp.)
Op
erat
ion
Top
(°C
)
Soldering Time (s)
Fan or Normal Temp.
T
WA
B
E
C
Dr
t
P2 P0
P1t2
t1φD0
A
B
FW
E
Feeding hole
Chip component Tape running direction
Chip pocketTape width=16.0 mm
t3t2
1
The delivered carrier tape shape is either 1 or 2.
Dimension t3 only applies to shape 2.
2
0.5
max
.
–0.4+010.35
3.2
0.8
φ7
9.8
9.8
10.1
5φ4
.2
φ4.5
–0.1
+0.
23.
2
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.2±
0.1 11.3±0.1
8.4±0.1
1.2±
0.1
3.2±
0.1
1.2±
0.1
A4
A3
B2
A2
B1
A1
0.7
A1
B1
A2
A3
B2
A4B1,B2
A1,A2,A3,A4
PWB land pattern for reference
4.7
LED implementation position
(Pla
stic
pro
ject
ion)
LED implementation area
Circuit Diagram(Precautions for pattern design) Note that the terminals are exposed at the sections shaded with " " Establish electrical connection at A1, A2, A3, and A4 to improve the contact performance.
Embossed Carrier Tap ing Recommended Refl ow Soldering Conditions
Unit: mm
Standard Reel Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Item A B C D E
Rate (mm) φ380.0±2.0 φ80.0±1.0 φ13.0±0.5 φ21.0±1.0 2.0±0.5
Item W T t r
Rate (mm) 17.5±0.5 21.5±1.0 — —
Part No. Height A B W F E P1 P2 P0 D0 Dia t1 t2 t3
EVPAD 4.6 10.7±0.2 10.7±0.2 16.0±0.3 7.5±0.1 1.75±0.10 12.0±0.1 2.0±0.1 4.0±0.1 1.5+0.1 0.40±0.05 4.8±0.2 5.8±2.0_0
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
EVPADK04K
(Embossed Taping)
Oct. 201200
– EV1 –
CONTENTS
Products Type/Series Part Numbers Page
Common Index / RoHs Directives EV2
Rotary
Potentiometers
Contents / Quick Selection Guide EV4
Checklist / Ap pli ca tion Notes / Common Specifi cations / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit EV6
18 mm Square Rotary Potentiometers (High Rotational Torque) EVCX EV12
39/20 mm Center Space Rotary Potentiometers EWVYE/K/M EV13
44/25 mm Center Space Rotary Potentiometers EWVYG/H/J/L EV14
Carbon Composition
Trimmer Potentiometers
Contents / Quick Selection Guide EV15
Application Notes / Common Specifi cations / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit EV17
6FF Square Trimmer Potentiometers EVNCYA EV20
6FE Square Trimmer Potentiometers EVND EV22
Position Sensors
Contents / Quick Selection Guide EV25
Checklist / Ap pli ca tion Notes / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit EV27
10 mm GS Sensors EVWAE/D EV30
Linear Position Sensors EVAW7 EV32
15 mm Position Sensors EVWBE EV34
Encoders
Contents / Quick Selection Guide EV35
Checklist / Ap pli ca tion Notes / Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit EV37
10 mm Square GS Encoders EVQVX EV40
10 mm Square SMD Encoders EVQVV EV42
Edge Drive Jog Encoders EVQWK EV44
11 mm Square GS Encoders EVER/U/V/Y EV46
12 mm Square GS Encoders EVEG/H/K/L EV49
12 mm Square GS Encoders with Push-on Switch EVEJB EV52
16 mm Square Encoders EVEP/Q EV54
18 mm Square Encoders (High Rotational Torque) EVQW EV56
20/12 mm Center Space Encoders EVQV6 EV57
27/17 mm Center Space Encoders EVQWF/VP EV58
27/18 mm Center Space Encoders EVQV5 EV59
38/25 mm Center Space Encoders EVQVN EV60
60/40 mm Center Space Encoders EVQV0 EV61
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– EV2 –
Index
EV12 EV13 EV14 EV20
18 mm SquareRotary Potentiometers(High Rotation Torque)
(EVCX)
39/20 mm Center SpaceRotary Potentiometers
(EWVYE, EWVYK, EWVYM)
44/25 mm Center SpaceRotary Potentiometers
(EWVYG, EWVYH, EWVYJ, EWVYL)
6FF SquareTrimmer Potentiometers
(EVNCYA)
EV22 EV30 EV32 EV34
6FE SquareTrimmer Potentiometers
(EVND)10 mm GS Sensors(EVWAE, EVWAD)
Linear Position Sensors(EVAW7)
15 mm Position Sensors(EVWBE)
EV40 EV42 EV44 EV46
10 mm Square GS Encoders(EVQVX)
10 mm Square SMD Encoders(EVQVV)
Edge Drive Jog Encoders(EVQWK)
11 mm Square GS En cod ers(EVER, EVEU, EVEV, EVEY)
EV49 EV52 EV54 EV56
12 mm Square GS En cod ers(EVEG, EVEH, EVEK, EVEL)
12 mm Square GS En cod erswith Push-on Switch
(EVEJB)16 mm Square En cod ers
(EVEP, EVEQ)
18 mm Square Encoders(High Ro ta tion al Torque)
(EVQW)
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– EV3 –
Index
EV57 EV58 EV59 EV60
20/12 mmCenter Space Encoders
(EVQV6)
27/17 mmCenter Space Encoders
(EVQWF, EVQVP)
27/18 mmCenter Space Encoders
(EVQV5)
38/25 mmCenter Space Encoders
(EVQVN)
EV61
60/40 mmCenter Space Encoders
(EVQV0)
RoHS Directives : The restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment
The products introduced in this catalog conform to the RoHS Directives* (enforced in July 2006).
(Newly ordered products will conform to the RoHS Directive.)
Please contact our sales staff for inquiries about the RoHS compliance of currently used products.
RoHS Direcives
Oct. 201200
Rotary Potentiometers
– EV4 –
CONTENTS
Page
Quick Selection Guide ............................................................................................................ EV5
Checklist Before Inquiry .......................................................................................................... EV6
Application Notes..................................................................................................................... EV7
Common Specifi cations........................................................................................................... EV8
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit.............................................................................................EV11
18 mm Square Rotary Potentiometers (High Rotational Torque / EVCX).......................... EV12
39/20 mm Center Space Rotary Potentiometers (EWVYE, EWVYK, EWVYM) ............... EV13
44/25 mm Center Space Rotary Potentiometers (EWVYG, EWVYH, EWVYJ, EWVYL) ........ EV14
Oct. 201200
Rotary Potentiometers
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– EV5 –
Quick Selection Guide
Type, Series Appearance PartNumbers
Countryof origin
Nominal TotalResistance Taper Rotation
Angle Page
18 mm Square(High RotationalTorque)
EVCX Japan 5 k to 100 k ±20 %Custom
design280 ° EV12
39/20 mmCenter Space
EWVYE
EWVYK
EWVYM
Malaysia 10 k ±20 % B 300 ° EV13
44/25 mmCenter Space
EWVYG
EWVYH
EWVYJ
EWVYL
Malaysia 10 k ±20 % B 300 ° EV14
Country of origin : As of April 2013
Oct. 201200
Rotary Potentiometers
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– EV6 –
When you specify Potentiomters, please take advantages of our standard products for better price anddelivery. Please provide the following items before ordering.
Checklist Before Inquiry
ChecklistItem Information (Requirements)
Com
mon
C-1 Inquiry purpose New use, Modifi cation, Others ( )
C-2 Modifi cationPrevious supplierConventional part No.Purpose
C-3 Application
EquipmentEnvironment Indoor/Outdoor use, Stationary/Portable set, High humidity, SO2, NaClTemperature ( °C) to ( °C)Operation General use, Edge drive, Low torque
C-4 AdjustmentMethod Manual, AutomaticDirection Top, Bottom, Vertical, HorizontalDriver shape Plus/Minus screw slot, Hexagonal driver, Knob (Shape; )
C-5 MountingMethod Manual, AutomaticMounter Panasert (Model: ), Other mounter (Maker/Model: / ), Parts feeder
C-6 SolderingMethod Manual soldering, Flow soldering, Refl ow solderingConditions Temp. ( °C), Time ( s), Dipping times( )Washing Machine, Soaking, Applied solvent ( )
Ele
ctri
cal
E-1 ApplicationCircuit Volume, Tone, Balance, Circuit regulation, Others ( )Stereo tone use General tone, High-cut tone, Bass, Treble
E-2 ConditionsCurrent ac, dcRating Max. operating power ( W), Operating voltage ( V)Applied current Small current use, Applying current ( mA)
E-3 Resistance Total value/Torelance ( ) / ±20 %, ±30 %, Others (± %)E-4 Taper A, B, C, D, G, BH, 15A, 1B, 15C, 10A, 4B, H, Others ( )
E-5Trackingerror
Range ( dB) to ( dB)Specifi cations ±( dB)
E-6 Tap Necessity/Position Necessary, Unnecessary / 40 %, 50 %, 60 %, Others ( )E-7 Other requirements
Sha
pes/
Dim
ensi
ons
M-1 ShapeSize φ14, φ16, φ18
StructureUnits Single, 1-shaft 2 gang, 1-shaft 3 gang, 1-shaft 4 gang, 2-shaft 2 gang, 2-shaft 3 gang, 2-shaft 4 gang, 2-shaft 5 gang, Others ( )Shape
Side Adjustment type, Top Adjustment type
M-2 Shaft/Lever Shape F type (fl at), S type (slotted), P type (18 teeth serrations)
M-3 Mounting
Type Bushing, Soldering, Screw mounting, Others ( )
(Type with bushing)Screw dia.: M6, M7, M9, M10, 3/8 Screw pitch: 0.75 mm, 1.0 mm, 32NEFBushing length: 5 mm, 7 mm, 10 mm, 15 mm, 17.5 mm, 20 mm, 22.5 mm,
25 mm, 27.5 mm, 30 mm, 32.5 mm, 35 mm, 37 mm, 39 mm, 42.5 mm
M-4 TerminalsType Solder lug, PWB(PWB terminals) Length from mounting surface: ( mm), Layout pattern: ( )
Additional functions
M-5 Switch
Type Rotary, Pull-Push, Push-ON, Others ( )Function SPST, SPDT, DPST, DPDTRating Voltage: ( V), Current: ( A), Inrush current: ( A)Terminal type Solder lug, PWB (Height from PWB to shaft center: mm)
M-6 DetentsDetents 1 point, 11 points, 41 points, Others ( points)Position Midpoint, at 180 ° , at 200 ° , Others (at )
Oth
ers L-1 Special requirements for endurance
L-2 Other questionnaires
Notes:1. When you specify custom types (custom-made), new tooling and jigs, and/or equipment may be required. It will be necessary to confi rm your
estimates of quantity and development schedule as accurately as possible.2. Please inform us if you designate your own part number.
Previous notations for potentiometer shape “Stand-up type” (Shaft is parallel to PWB.) and “Lay-down type” (Shaft is vertical to PWB.) – have been changed in this edition to “Horizontal type” or “Side-adjust type” (Shaft or knob is parallel to PWB.) and “Vertical type” or “Top-adjust type” (Shaft or knob is ver ti cal to PWB.).
Oct. 201200
Rotary Potentiometers
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– EV7 –
Application Notes
When using our Rotary Potentiometers, please ob serve the following items to pre vent dangerous ac ci dents and deterioration of performance.
1. Prohibited items and notes in design stage1. Use within the rating
The Power Rating or Maximum Voltage varies with the size and type of a product. Also, the Power Rat ing must be reduced according to a Power De r at ing Curve. When a potentiometer is used with a cur rent of less than a few micro-amperes, theinfl uence of con tact resistance increases be cause of the circuit diagram. Check the po ten ti om e ter under actual operating conditions.
2. MigrationSome potentiometers cannot be used with dc voltage.If a po ten ti om e ter is to be used with dc volt age, spec i fy this when or der ing, or check the availabilityreferring to the “Product Spec i fi ca tions for Information.”
3. AnodizationWhen a potentiometer is used with dc voltage undercon di tions of high humidity, the ter mi nal at the side ofthe wiper (terminal 2) must bea positive elec trode, as shown in the fi g ure at right.
4. Recommended Circuit Confi gurationIt is recommended that you use the variable resistor for voltage adjustments. If it is used for current adjustments, then it may be infl uenced by the contact resistance between the resistor body and the slide, depending on the target circuit conditions. Conducting a test under actual operating conditions is highly recommended.
5. Soldering conditionsWhen performing solder dip ping, check the sol der ing conditions according to the “Product Spec i fi ca tions for Information,” be cause the conditions vary with the product.Do not wash a potentiometer after solder dipping be cause fl ux may invade the po ten ti om e ter, re sult ing in con tact failure. Avoid use of jump er ca bles near the potentiometers because fl ux may attach to them.
6. Shaft rotation wobbleIf the shaft is long, the rotation wobble increases in pro por tion to its length. To secure the quality of a set, we rec om mend use of the types with a bush ing.
7. Operating temperature conditionsTacti le feeling in operation is given seriousconsideration, and rotation torque increases under low tem per a tures (below –10 °C) depending on the prod uct. If a potentiometer is expected to be used un der low tem per a tures, specify this in ad vance.
2. Prohibited items and notes on handling1. Terminal clinch
Bending and unbending of terminals after mount ing to a PWB must be one cycle or less. More than one bend ing/unbending cycle may result in dam age.
2. Stress on the terminalsDo not apply excessive stress to terminals during han dling. Set soldering conditions with con sid er ation giv en to stress on the terminals.
3. Chemical resistanceBefore using a potentiometer with an insulated shaft, be sure to check the reactivity of the shaft with any chemicals to be used.
4. Potentiometers with a push lock type switchHandle the potentiometer with the shaft locked. If a lateral pressure above 0.4 N·m (4 kg·cm) is applied to the shaft when it is unlocked, the shaft may be bent.
5. Storage conditionsDo not store the potentiometers under hightemperatures and/or high humidity, or in a lo ca tion where cor ro sive gas may be generated. Store the po ten ti om e ters at room temperature and room hu mid i ty in a packed condition. Use them within a max i mum of 6 months. Check the date of man u fac ture on the pack age box and apply the “fi rst-in-fi rst-out” rule.If un packed potentiometers must be stored as in ven to ry, store them in a polyethylene bag to keep out air.
3. Prohibited items on fi re and smoking1. Absolutely avoid use of a potentiometer beyond its
rated range because doing so may cause a fi re. If misuse or abnormal use may result under
con di tions in which the potentiometer is used out of its rated range, take proper measures such as current interruption using a protective circuit.
2. The grade of nonfl ammability for resin used inpotentiometers is “94HB,” which is based on UL94 Stan dards (fl ammability test for plastic ma te ri als). Prohibit use in a location where a spread ing fi re may be generated or prepare against a spread ing fi re.
4. For use in equipment for which safety is requested
Although care is taken to ensure potentiometer qual i ty, inferior characteristics, short circuits, and open circuits are some problems that might be gen er at ed. To design a set which places maximumemphasis on safety, re view the affect of any sin gle fault of a potentiometer in advance andper form vir tu al ly fai l - safe design to en sure max i mum safe ty by:1. preparing a protective circuit or a protective
de vice to improve system safety, and 2. preparing a redundant circuit to improve system
safe ty so that the single fault of a po ten ti om e ter does not cause a dangerous sit u a tion.
For notes on use, the following sources were referred:
Technical report EIAJ RCR-2191A “Guideline of Notabilia for potentiometers for Use in Electronic Equipment” issued by the Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association (Issued by March 2002)
Refer to this Technical Report for additional de tails.
5. For actual use, be sure to refer to “Product Spec i fi ca tions for Information.”
1
2
3
+
–
Oct. 201200
Rotary Potentiometers
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– EV8 –
Notes:1. Angle from terminal 3 side.2. ( ) is per JIS (Japanese Industrial Standard). Unless otherwise
spec i fi ed, we consider it at 50 % rotation, however, upon request above JIS can be ap plied.
3. [ ] is only reference value.
Measuring Method
Out-put Voltage betweenTerminal 1 & 2
Operating Voltage betweenTerminal 1 & 3
Out-put Voltage betweenTerminal 2 & 3
Operating Voltage betweenTerminal 1 & 3
Taper Effective Rotation Angle
EIAJ Panasonic 50 % 50 %
15A A 10 to 25 —
1B B 40 to 60 —
15C C — 10 to 25
10A D 6 to 15 —
4B G 40 to 60 —
H BH Linear taper
100(%) 100(%)
Electrical Specifi cations
1. Taper
Common Specifi cations
Oct. 201200
Rotary Potentiometers
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– EV9 –
Standard Taper
100
80
60
40
20
020 40 60 80 100
Out
put
Vol
tag
efr
omTe
rmin
al1-
2A
pp
lied
Vol
tag
eat
Term
inal
1-3
10
0(%
)
50 % Tap B (1BM), For volume control B (3BM), G (4BM)
G (4BM)B (1BM)
For volume control B (3BM)
100
80
60
40
20
020 40 60 80 100
A (15A), D (10A)
A (15A)
D (10A)
Out
put
Vol
tag
efr
omTe
rmin
al1-
2A
pp
lied
Vol
tag
eat
Term
inal
1-3
10
0(%
)
100
80
60
40
20
020 40 60 80 100
Out
put
Vol
tag
efr
omTe
rmin
al1-
2A
pp
lied
Vol
tag
eat
Term
inal
1-3
10
0(%
)
B (1B), G (4B), For volume control B (3B)
G (4B)B (1B)
For volume control B (3B)
100
80
60
40
20
020406080 0100
Out
put
Vol
tag
efr
omTe
rmin
al2-
3A
pp
lied
Vol
tag
eat
Term
inal
1-3
10
0(%
)C (15C)
C (15C)
100
80
60
40
20
020 40 60 80 100
BH (1H, 2H)
Out
put
Vol
tag
efr
omTe
rmin
al1-
2A
pp
lied
Vol
tag
eat
Term
inal
1-3
10
0(%
)
BH-2 (2H)
BH-1 (1H)
Sliding Position (%)Terminal 1 Terminal 3
Oct. 201200
Rotary Potentiometers
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– EV10 –
Bushing Dia., etc. Tightening Strength
M7 to M9 1.0 N·m
2. Nut Tightening TorqueWhen nut is tightened as specifi ed below, unevenness of shaft rotation shall not occur.
Size Shaft material Shape & Type Shaftwobble (a)
Bendingmoment
14 mm square18 mm square
(Common)
Metal shaftWithout switch
1-shaft type 0.3 mm
50 mN·mWith push switch 0.5 mm
Insulatedshaft
With bushing Single 0.5 mm
Snap-in 0.7 mm
2. TrackingThe tracking should be calculated as fol lows.Tracking (dB)=20 log (VR2/VR1)Where:VR1= Voltage between terminal 1 & 2 of sec tion R1
VR2=Voltage between terminal 1 & 2 of sec tion R2
Test voltage between terminal 1 & 3shall be 2 V to 5 V (1000±200 Hz).
Mechanical Specifi cations1. Shaft AngleShaft angle against mounting surface shall be 90 °. Shaft bend and shaft wobble shall be aL/30 (mm) max.when 50 mN·m moment applied to the measuring point of shaft.
Where:a= Constant Value as shown belowL= Distance be tween mounting surface and measuring point on the shaft
In case of a potentiometer with a tap, the mea sure ment should be made by con nect ing a fi xed resistorbetween tap ter mi nal and terminal 1. Unless oth er wise spec i fi ed, tolerance of the fi xed resistor shall be ±10 %.If your require ments different, inform us of your specifi cations.
VR2 VR1
Recommendedchassis piercing plan
φ D +0.4+0.1
1.0 mm min.
Mounted State
Oct. 201200
Rotary Potentiometers
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
– EV11 –
Type, Series Part No. Packaging Quantity/Carton
Minimum Quantity/
Packing UnitNotes
18 mm SquareRotary Potentiometers(High Rotational Torque )
EVCX Tray Pack 800 pcs. 80 pcs.
39/20 mm Center SpaceRotary Potentiometers
EWVYEEWVYKEWVYM
Tray Pack 250 pcs. 50 pcs.
44/25 mm Center SpaceRotary Potentiometers
EWVYGEWVYHEWVYJEWVYL
Tray Pack 250 pcs. 50 pcs.
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit
: With bushing : L=L+7.5 mm
Please place an order by an integer multiple of the Quantity/Carton.
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Rotary Potentiometers/EVCX
– EV12 –
1
E
2
V
3
C
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
X
Product Code Specifications Shaft Trims & Dimensions Taper & ResistanceShaft Trims & Dimensions
(3.5) 8.0M8 P=0.75
0.60
–0.37.0
9.0(3.8)
(1.5
)C0.5
4.5
0 –0.1
φ60 –0
.15
0.4
6.5
18.0±1.019.6±0.7
4.42.8±0.2
9.0
4-0.7
(R1.
75ho
le)
7-φ0.8+0.10
4-φ1.6+0.10
9.5
(0.7
)14
.8
6-2.0
(1.4
)
2-5.
1±0.
32-
6±0.
3
(2.4
)2-17.42-13.0±0.2
0–0.1
(2.1)
(1.5)
R0.1
18.0
18.5
max
.
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance:±0.1)
Mounting surface
Non-effective thread 1.0 max. Pot.case attaching part· · ·
View from mounting sidePWB thickness t=1.6
Specifi cations
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Explanation of Part Numbers
Type Top Adjustment type, with or without bush ing
Me chan i cal
Rotation Angle 280 °Rotation Torque 20 mN·m to 100 mN·mDetent Pitch 10 ° to 30 °Shaft Stopper Strength 0.8 N·m min.
Elec tri cal
Nominal Total Resistance 5 k to 100 k (Tolerance ±20 %)Power Rating 0.05 WPotentiometers Type Single, DualInsulation Resistance 100 M min. at 250 VdcDielectric Withstand Voltage 300 Vac for 1 minuteNoise Level 100 mV max.
Endurance Operating Life 15000 cycles min.Minimum Quantity/ Packing Unit 80 pcs. (Tray Pack)Quantity/ Carton 800 pcs.
Features External dimensions: 18.0 mm18.0 mm, Height 8.0 mm Output accuracy (±3 %) Potentiometers and encoders available in the same
shape and dimensions
18 mm Square Rotary Potentiometers(High Rotational Torque)Type: EVCX
Recommended Applications Function switching/adjusting for control panels of car
air conditioners Signal input for monitors, audio/visual equipment
Custom design
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Rotary Potentiometers/EWVYE/K/M
– EV13 –
1
E
2
W
3
V
4
Y
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Product Code Design No.Type Taper & Resistance
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance : ±0.1)
(View from mounting side)P.W.B thickness t=1.6
2-2
4-8
9
2 2
4-8
3-φ4
8 2-3.5
3.517.5
4-4
28
7.5
2 2
φ39φ21.2
13
20.8
3-2.
6
1.2
2-4
4
3
2-1.3
φ27
2-φ2
2-2±0.1
19.7
±0.3
50.
3±0.
12-
2.5±
0.15
2-1.5±0.15
39.3±0.3
45°±3°
3-0.6±0.1
28±0
.15
33.7
±0.0
528
±0.0
514
±0.0
5
2.6
2.6
40.5
4-4
4-R13
2-R12.5
R10.6
φ20
4-R10.8
15° 15° R19.3±0.05
38.4±0.05
2-φ2.7
2-R1
Y
#1#2
#3
Y'
#1 #2 #3
+0.1–0.2
+0.
3–0
+0.
2–0
+0 –0.1
2-3 +0.2–0
+0.1–0
2-φ2+0.1–0
φ2+0.05–0
3-φ0.8+0.1–0
2+0.05–0
+0.3–0
+0.3–0
+0.2–0
+0.6–0
+0.2–0
+0.5–0.1
+0.3
–0
+0–0.3
+0.2–0
Error proofing pin
Cross Section Y-Y'
Error proofing pin
Specifi cations
39/20 mm Center SpaceRotary Potentiometers
Type: EWVYE/EWVYK/EWVYM
Features Outer diameter: 39 mm, Center space diameter: 20 mm Can have a built-in LED Smooth operation feel
Recommended Applications Temperature/blower control or mode switching for car
air conditioners Volume control for car audio equipment
Explanation of Part Numbers
MechanicalRotation Angle 300 °Rotation Torque (Detents Torque) 15 mN·m to 50 mN·m
Electrical
Nominal Total Resistance 10 k (Tolerance ±20 %)Taper BPower Rating 0.1 WResidual Resistance 100 max.Insulation Resistance 50 M min. (250 Vdc)Linearity ±3 % max.Dielectric Withstand Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minuteNoise Level 47 mV max.
Endurance Operating Life 30000 cycles min.Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 50 pcs. (Tray Pack)Quantity/Carton 250 pcs.
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Rotary Potentiometers/EWVYG/H/J/L
– EV14 –
1
E
2
W
3
V
4
Y
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Product Code Design No.Type Taper & Resistance
D D'
LED
#3
AK#1#2
Y
Y'
X'X
0.9
(0.9
)(7
.05)
R15.15
R15.15
7.05
22.1
5
12.6
23.2
15.6
±0.3
23.8
±0.2
23.8±0.2
3.2+0.15–0
1.6 φ44
φ25
+0.
15–0
φ26.2 +0.6–0
1.2+0.3–0
3-2.6+0.3–0
20°
2-42-
8
(0.25)
4±0.1
20°3 3.53±0.1
8
φ31
φ31
+0
–0.6
R15
.5+
0–0
.2
φ34 +0.1–0.2
LED
VccVcc
K A#3#2#1
45.5
224 4
5-0.6±0.12 2
2
2.6
43.5±0.05
4-4
#1#2#3
R21.8±0.05
2-φ2.7
2–R1.1
2-φ21.5°1.5°
R13.3
2–1.5±0.15
32.545°± 3°45°± 3°
8.5
33±0
.15
22.1
5±0.
0516
.5±0
.05
33±0
.05
44
K A
5-φ0.8
+0.1–0
+0.05–0
φ2+0.05–0
+0.1–0
+0.1–0
4–4.5
5±0.2
Part of topfor light pipe
R15
.5+
0–0
.2
20.517.5 3.5
8
0.3±0.
1
2-2±0.12-3+0.2
–0
+0
C0.3
2-2 3-
42-
2.5±
0.15
–0.1
8 3.5
Mounting Surface
Cross Section Y-Y'
Error proofing pin
Error proofing pin
Shaft Center
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance : ±0.1)
(View from mounting side)P.W.B thickness t=1.6Detail of rotational shaft
Element circuitdiagram
Cross section D-D'LED part
Specifi cations
44/25 mm Center SpaceRotary Potentiometers
Type: EWVYG/EWVYH/EWVYJ/EWVYL
Features Outer diameter: 44 mm, Center space diameter: 25 mm Can have a built-in LED Smooth operation feel
Recommended Applications Temperature/blower control or mode switching for car
air conditioners Volume control for car audio equipment
Explanation of Part Numbers
MechanicalRotation Angle 300 °Rotation Torque(Detents Torque)
15 mN·m to 60 mN·m
Electrical
Nominal Total Resistance 10 k (Tolerance ±20 %)Taper BPower Rating 0.1 WResidual Resistance 100 max.Insulation Resistance 50 M min. (250 Vdc)Linearity ±3 % max.Dielectric Withstand Voltage 250 Vac for 1 minuteNoise Level 47 mV max.
Endurance Operating Life 30000 cycles min.Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 50 pcs. (Tray Pack)Quantity/Carton 250 pcs.
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Oct. 201200
Carbon Composition Trimmer Potentiometers
– EV15 –
CONTENTS
Page
Quick Selection Guide .......................................................................................................... EV16
Application Notes....................................................................................................................EV17
Common Specifi cations......................................................................................................... EV18
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit............................................................................................ EV19
6FF Square Trimmer Potentiometers (EVNCYA) .............................................................. EV20
6FE Square Trimmer Potentiometers (EVND) ..................................................................... EV22
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Carbon Composition Trimmer Potentiometers
– EV16 –
Quick Selection Guide
Type, Series Appearance PartNumbers
Country of origin
NominalTotal Resistance Taper Rotation Angle Page
6FF Square EVNCYA Malaysia 1 k2 k5 k
10 k20 k50 k
100 k200 k500 k
1 M
B 210 °
EV20
6FE Square EVND Malaysia EV22
Country of origin : As of April 2013
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Carbon Composition Trimmer Potentiometers
– EV17 –
1
2
3
+
–
Application Notes
When using our Trimmer Potentiometers, please ob serve the following cautionary items to prevent danger ousac ci dents and de te ri o ra tion of device performance.
1. Prohibited items and notes in design stage1. Use within the rating
The affect of the ambient temperature on trimmer po ten ti om e ters cannot be ignored. When usingunder a high temperature, reduce the load ac cord ing to the Power Derating Curve.
2. Handling trimmer potentiometersDo not apply excessive stress to a tr im merpo tenti ometer after mounting to a PWB.
3. AnodizationWhen dc is appl ied to a wiper (terminal 2), anodizationmay occur at the con tact part of the wiper with the re sis tiveel e ment, re sult ing in ab nor malre sis tance vari a tion. When dc is used, to pre ventan od iza t ion, the re sis t ive el e ment should beconnected to the negative side and the wip er should be con nect ed to the pos i tive side, as shown in the fi g ure at right.
4. Recommended Circuit Confi gurationIt is recommended that you use the variable resistor for voltage adjustments. If it is used for current adjustments, then it may be infl uenced by the contact resistance between the resistor body and the slide, depending on the target circuit conditions. Conducting a test under actual operating conditions is highly recommended.
5. Soldering conditions1) Perform soldering for a short time on a trim mer
po ten ti om e ter. Extended sol der ing time, par tic u lar ly un der high temperature, may re sult in de te ri o ra tion of the device.
The soldering temperature must be below 260°C, and soldering time within 5 sec onds, and the load on a ter mi nal must be less than 5 N.
2) When performing solder dipping of PWB piercing type trimmer potentiometers, dry the fl ux suf fi cient ly before solder dipping. (If the fl ux is not dried, it may contaminate the trimmer and affect char ac ter is tics.)
3) Do not wash a trimmer potentiometer after solder dip ping because fl ux may invade it, resulting incon tact failure. Avoid a placement of a jumper ca ble where fl ux re mains near the main body of a trim mer potentiometer.
2. Cautionary notes regarding handling1. Storage
Do not store trimmer po ten ti om e ters under hightem per a tures and /or conditions of high humidity, or in a lo ca tion where corrosive gas may begen er at ed. In par tic u lar, when storing for longperiods, do not un pack the trim mer po ten ti om e ters Store in its orig i nal pack ag ing.
2. Operational directionSince the stopper strength at the rear side is35 mN·m, which is smaller than at the front side, op eration for adjustment from the front side isrec om mend ed.
3. Operating temperature rangeUse in the range of –20 °C to +70 °C.
4. Storage temperatureStore in the range of –40 °C to +75 °C.
3. Prohibited items on fi re and smoking1. Absolutely avoid use of a trimmer potentiometer
beyond its rated range because doing so may causea fi re. If improperly used, the trimmer potentiometer may be operated out of its rated range, take prop ermea sures such as current interruption using apro tec tive cir cuit.
2. The grade of nonfl ammability for resin used intrimmer potentiometers is “94HB,” which is based on UL94 Standards (fl ammability test for plasticmaterials). Prohibit use in a location where a spreading fi re may be generated or prepare against a spreading fi re.
4. For use in equipment for which safety is requested
Although care is taken to ensure trimmer po ten ti om e terquality, short and open circuit are some problems that may occur. Design a circuit which plac esmax i mum em pha sis on safe ty, re view the affect of any sin gle fault of a trim mer po ten ti om e ter inad vance and per form vir tu al ly fail-safe de sign to en sure max i mum safety by:1. preparing a protective circuit or a protective
de vice to improve system safety, and2. preparing a redundant circuit to improve
system safety so that the single fault of a trim mer potentiometer does not cause a dangeroussituation.
For notes on use, the following sources were referred:
Technical report EIAJ RCR-2191A “Guideline of Notabilia for potentiometers for Use in Electronic Equipment” issued by the Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association
(Issued by March 2002)
Refer to this Technical Report for additional details.
5. For actual use, be sure to refer to “Product Spec i fi ca tions for Information.”
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Carbon Composition Trimmer Potentiometers
– EV18 –
20 807060400
20
40
60
80
100
33
Ambient Temperature (°C)
Rat
edLo
ad(%
)
Power Derating Curve
Adhesive tape side (Top-adjust type)
Adhesive tape side (side-adjust type) 19m
m
B
A
Electrical Specifi cations
1. Nominal Total Resistance and Tolerance
TypeNominal Total Resistance
Tolerance (%)
1 k 2 k 5 k 10 k 20 k 50 k 100 k 200 k 500 k 1 M
6 mm SquareCarbon Composition ±30
TypePowerRating
(W)
Max. Operating Voltage(V)
AmbientTemperature
(°C)
6 mm SquareCarbon Composition 0.1 R < 500 k: 50, R > 500 k: 25 50 max.
Common Specifi cations
2-2.Voltage Rating
E=P·R E=Voltage rating (V) P=Power rating (W) R=Nominal total resistance ()The voltage rating should be maximum operatingvoltage when E shall exceed max i mum operatingvoltage shown in the table.
Packaging Specifi cations for Radial Taping Drawing-out of taped products Pull-strength of taped products
Drawing-out can be from top or bottom of inner car ton.
Taped products shall not be fully drawn-out from the tape when pulling off in direction A at 5.0 N max.
Taped products shall not be drawn-out from the tape when pulling off in direction B at 1.0 N for 3 sec onds.
2. Power Rating and Voltage Rating2-1. Power RatingWhen the ambient temperature is within the following pa ram e ter (see table be low), the maximum operating volt age which can be applied between ter mi nal 1 and 3 is as follows. For potentiometers operated in am bienttem per a tures above 50 °C, Power Rating shall be derated in ac cor dance with the fi gure below.
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Carbon Composition Trimmer Potentiometers
– EV19 –
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit
Please place an order by an integer multiple of the Quantity/Carton.
Type, Series Part No. PackagingQuantity/Carton
MinimumQuantity/
Packing UnitNotes
6FF Square Trimmer PotentiometersType: EVNCYA EVNCYA Radial Taping
(Reel Pack) 10000 pcs. 1000 pcs.
6FE Square Trimmer PotentiometersType: EVND
EVND2AEVND8A
Polyethylene Bag
(Bulk)5000 pcs. 500 pcs.
EVNDJAEVNDXAEVNDCA
Radial Taping(Reel Pack) 10000 pcs. 1000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Carbon Composition Trimmer Po ten ti om e ters/EVNCYA
– EV20 –
E
1
Product Code Structure Material Special Knob Trims & Knob Length Taper & Resistance
V
2
N
3
C
4
Y
5
A
6
A
7
O
8
3
9
B
10 11 12
6FF Square Trimmer Potentiometers
Type: EVNCYA
Features Box-shaped, automatic mounting Radial taping supported High reliability (dustproof structure)
Recommended Ap pli ca tions Audio Visual Equipment, Home Electrical Ap pli anc es
Explanation of Part Numbers
Specifi cations
Note : R=Nominal Total Resistance
Electrical
Specifi cations
Nominal Total Resistance 1 k, 2 k, 5 k, 10 k, 20 k, 50 k, 100 k, 200 k, 500 k, 1 M
Taper B
RatingR<500 k : 0.1 W 50 V (50 °C)R>500 k : 0.1 W 25 V (50 °C)
Residual Resistance1 k<R<2 k : 60 max.
2 k<R<1 M : 3 % max., or 200 max. whichever smaller
Mechanical
Specifi cations
Rotation Angle 210 °±20 °
Rotation Torque 2 mN·m to 25 mN·m
Stopper Strength Surface : 50 mN·m, reverse side : 35 mN·m
Endurance
Operating Life 100 cycles
Resistance to Soldering Heat 240 °C to 280 °C : 5 s max., 280 °C to 300 °C : 3 s max.
Resistance to Damp After 350 hours : R<100 k+15 % −0 %, : 100 k<R<1 M+20 % −0 %
Endurance under Damp After 350 hours : 1.5 h ON 0.5 h OFF : R<100 k±15 %, : 100 k<R<1 M±20 %
Endurance under High Temperature 70 °C±3 °C After 250 hours +5 %, −15 %
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 1000 pcs. Radial Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 10000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Carbon Composition Trimmer Po ten ti om e ters/EVNCYA
– EV21 –
Resistance
Mountingsurface CW
Circuit diagram
PWB mounting hole for reference
The pattern foil of PWB shallnot be in this dotted squarearea.
12.7±1.0
1.3 max.
4.45 min.
1.3 max.1 max.
2m
ax.
1 max.
5.0 3.85±0.70
21.0
±0.5
6.0±
0.5
9.0±
0.5
18.0
+1.0
–0.5
+0.8– 0.2
6.35±1.30 P=12.7
φ4
0.6
1.5
max
.
6.4
7.8
#2
#1 #3
0.8±
0.1
φ3.2
6.35
3
0.8±0.12-0.5
2-1.
0±0.
5
+0.10
+0.10
– 0.10
0.3±
0.1
0.3±
0.1
30.
25
(1.9
5)
(1.2)6.35
φ2
0.8 1.6
max
.
3 max.
3.00
±0.0
5
5.00±0.05
(0.2
5)4
φ1.3
(φ2.5)2-φ1.0
6
#1 #3
#2
Cross section
Adhesive tapeAdhesive tape shall notbe over from base paper.
AA
A A
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Carbon Composition Trimmer Po ten ti om e ters/EVND
– EV22 –
E
1
Product Code Structure Material Special Knob Trims & Knob Length Taper & Resistance
V
2
N
3
D
4 5 6
A
7
O
8
3
9
B
10 11 12
Note : R=Nominal Total Resistance
Electrical
Specifi cations
Nominal Total Resistance 1 k, 2 k, 5 k, 10 k, 20 k, 50 k, 100 k, 200 k, 500 k, 1 M
Taper B
RatingR<500 k : 0.1 W 50 V (50 °C)R>500 k : 0.1 W 25 V (50 °C)
Residual Resistance1 k<R<2 k : 60 max.
2 k<R<1 M : 3 % max., or 200 max. whichever smaller
Mechanical
Specifi cations
Rotation Angle 210 °±20 °
Rotation Torque 2 mN·m to 25 mN·m
Stopper Strength Surface : 75 mN·m, reverse side : 35 mN·m
Endurance
Operating Life 100 cycles
Resistance to Soldering Heat 240 °C to 280 °C : 5 s max., 280 °C to 300 °C : 3 s max.
Resistance to Damp After 350 hours : R<100 k+15 % −0 %, : 100 k<R<1 M+20 % −0 %
Endurance under Damp After 350 hours : 1.5 h ON 0.5 h OFF : R<100 k±15 %, : 100 k<R<1 M±20 %
Endurance under High Temperature 70 °C±3 °C After 250 hours +5 %, −15 %
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit EVND2A, EVND8A : 500 pcs. Polyethylene Bag (Bulk) EVNDJA, EVNDXA, EVNDCA : 1000 pcs. Radial Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton EVND2A, EVND8A : 5000 pcs. EVNDJA, EVNDXA, EVNDCA : 10000 pcs.
6FE Square Trimmer Potentiometers
Type: EVND
Features Top-adjust or side-adjust available Radial taping supported High reliability (dustproof construction)
Recommended Ap pli ca tions Audio Visual Equipment, Home Electrical Ap pli anc es
Explanation of Part Numbers
Specifi cations
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Carbon Composition Trimmer Po ten ti om e ters/EVND
– EV23 –
6.4
φ2
0.6
0.75 0.75
4.65
4.5
1.2φ3.2
2.5 2.5
0.8±
0.1
3-0.8±0.1#1 #3#2
Marking
2.5
5.0
8
1.7
3.8
0.4
1.85
Mountingsurface
Adjustingdirection
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.1)
View from mounting side
3-φ1.0 0.10
+
#1 #3
#2
CW
Circuit diagram
6.4
6.355.0±0.2
0.75
3.5
0.6
3.2
φ3.2
#1 #3
#2
Marking
0.8
±0.1
1.2
Mountingsurface
0.75
0.3
3.5±0.51.7
φ2
3-0.8±0.1
5.05.
0
3-φ1.0 0.10
+
#1 #3
#2
CW
Circuit diagram
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.1)
View from mounting side
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Side-adjust .............................................................................................................................................................EVND2A
Knob color Orange yellow
No. 1
No. 2
Knob color Orange yellow
Top-adjust...............................................................................................................................................................EVND8A
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Carbon Composition Trimmer Po ten ti om e ters/EVND
– EV24 –
6.4 12.7±1.0
21.0
±0.5
1.3 max. 1.3 max.
5.00±0.05
0.6
0.3±0.1
(φ2.5)
Resistance
φ3.2
3.2
φ2
3.5
1.6
max
.
3
2-0.85
0.8+0.1
#2
#1 #3
1.2
(1.2
)6.
35
62–
1.0±
0.5
2-0.5 0.10
+
2-φ1.0 0.10
+
18.0
1.0
0.5
+ –
+
φ1.3 0.10
+
3.00
±0.0
5
4(0
.25)
3 max.
9.0±
0.5
1 max. 1 max.
6.35±1.30 P=12.7±0.3
0.25
Mountingsurface
3.0±0.30.3±0.1
(1.7)
PWB mountinghole for reference
3.85±0.700.805.0
4.4 min.
φ4.0±0.3
CW#1 #3
#2
The pattern foil of PWB shallnot be in this dotted squarearea.
AA
0.6±
0.3
6.0±
0.5
1.5
max
.
0.8±
0.1
Adhesive tape shallnot be over frombase paper.
A – SectionA
2 max.
Circuit diagram
3.2
3.5
2-1.
0±0.
50.
8±0.
1
#2
#1 #3
6.4 Resistance
Mountingsurface
Mounting surface Adhesive tape shallnot be over frombase paper.
Adhesive tape
φ3.2
2-0.850.8±0.1
φ23
3.0±
0.3
2-0.5 0.10
+
0.6
φ2–1.0 0.10
+
φ1.3 0.10
+ 3.0 0.50.2
+–
18.0
1.0
0.5
+ –
(φ2.5)
(0.25)4
5.00±0.056
1.6
max
.
12.7±1.0
6.0±
0.5
9.0
±0.5
2 max.
1.3 max.1.3 max.
1.2
0.5
0.3(0.25)
(11)
(1.7
)6.
35±0
.30
0.3±0.1
20.0
±0.5
Circuit diagram
CW#1 #3
#2
5.0±0.8 3.85±0.70
A
6.35±1.30 P=12.7±0.3φ4.0±0.3
A
A – SectionA
EIAJ RC-1008 shall be appliedto items not specified here.
The pattern foil of PWB shallnot be in this dotted squarearea.
PWB mounting hole for referenceView from mounting side
3.00
±0.0
5
1 max. 1 max.
0.6±
0.3
1.5
max
.
2.50
±0.0
5
5.00±0.05
0.8±0.12.2
5.0±0.83.85±0.70
6.35±1.301.3 max. 1.3 max.
12.7±1.06.4
1.7(2.05)
1 max. 1 max.3.46.8
3.4
12.7±0.3
20.0
±0.5 0.9
Resistance
Circuit diagram
CW#1 #3
#2
0.8±0
.1
Mountingsurface
A A
6.0±
0.5
9.0±
0.5
2 max.
0.6±
0.3
1.5
max
.
A – A
Adhesive tape shallnot be over frombase paper.
φ40±0.3
φ3.2
(1.9
5)3
0.3(0.5)
0.9 2.50±0.350.3
4.5 8
(1.9
5)
PWB mounting holefor referenceView from mounting side
Adhesive tape
18.0
1.0
0.5
+ –
0.5 0.10
+
φ1.3 0.10
+
φ2-1.0 0.10
+
Section
No. 3
No. 4
No. 5
Radial Taping Prod ucts
Side-adjust ............................................................................................................................................................ EVNDCA
Top-adjust............................................................................................................................................................... EVNDJA
Top-adjust...............................................................................................................................................................EVNDXA
Knob color Orange yellow
Knob color Orange yellow
Knob color Orange yellow
Oct. 201200
Position Sensors
– EV25 –
CONTENTS
Page
Quick Selection Guide .......................................................................................................... EV26
Checklist Before Inquiry ........................................................................................................ EV27
Application Notes................................................................................................................... EV28
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit............................................................................................ EV29
10 mm GS Sensors (EVWAE, EVWAD) .............................................................................. EV30
Linear Position Sensors (EVAW7) ........................................................................................ EV32
15 mm Position Sensors (EVWBE) ...................................................................................... EV34
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Position Sensors
– EV26 –
Type, Series AppearancePart
NumbersCountry of
originTotal Resistance Linearity Life Page
10 mm GSSensors
EVWAE
EVWADJapan
5 k ±30 %
10 k ±30 %±2 % 1000000 cycles EV30
LinearPositionSensors
EVAW7 Malaysia4.7 k ±30 %
10 k ±30 %±1 %±2 %
10000 cycles EV32
15 mmPositionSensors
EVWBE Vietnam10.5 k ±30 %
21 k ±30 %±2 % 100000 cycles EV34
Quick Selection Guide
Country of origin : As of April 2013
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Position Sensors
– EV27 –
When specifying Position Sensors, please take advantage of our standard products for better price and delivery.Please provide the following items before ordering.
Checklist Before Inquiry
Checklist
Com
mon
C-1 Inquiry purpose New use, Modifi cation, Others( )
C-2 Modifi cation
Current supplier
Current part No.
Purpose
C-3 Application
Equipment
Environment Indoor/Outdoor use, Stationary/Portable set, High humidity, SO2, NaCl
Temperature ( °C) to ( °C)
C-4 Mounting Method Manual, Automatic
C-5 SolderingMethod Manual soldering, Flow soldering
Conditions Temp. ( °C), Time ( s), Dipping times( )
Ele
ctri
cal
E-1 Conditions Current ac, dc
E-2 Resistance Total value/Torelance ( ) / ±20 %, ±30 %, Others (± %)
E-3 Taper
Taper B
Linearity 1 %, 0.5 %, Others (± %)
Hysteresis ( %)
E-4 Other requirements
Sha
pes/
Dim
ensi
ons M-1 Shape
Type Rotary Slide
Size 10.0 mm, 15 mm 8.0 mm, 9.0 mm
M-2 Shaft Shape
M-3 Mounting Type PWB Soldering, Screw
M-4 Terminals Type PWB
Oth
ers L-1 Special requirements for endurance
L-2 Other questionnaires
Notes:1. When you specify custom types (custom-made), new tooling and jigs, and/or equipment may be required. It will be necessary to confi rm your
estimates of quantity and development schedule as accurately as possible.2. Please inform us if you designate your own part number.
Previous notations for potentiometer shape “Stand-up type” (Shaft is parallel to PWB.) and “Lay-down type” (Shaft is vertical to PWB.) – have been changed in this edition to “Horizontal type” or “Side-adjust type” (Shaft or knob is parallel to PWB.) and “Vertical type” or “Top-adjust type” (Shaft or knob is ver ti cal to PWB.).
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Position Sensors
– EV28 –
LeadEyelet
Application Notes
When using our Position Sensors, please observe the following cautionary items to prevent dangerousaccidents and deterioration of device performance.
1. Prohibited items and notes in design stage1. Soldering conditions1) Soldering must be performed to the lead of the
terminals. Do not solder on the center (eyelet part) of the terminals.
2) Perform soldering only one time. When a productfor which soldering has been completed isremoved from PWB by sodering iron, etc., theprod uct shall not be used again.
3) Do not wash a position sensor after solderingbe cause fl ux may invade the position sensor,re sult ing in con tact failure, Avoid use of jumpercables near the po si tion sensors because fl ux may get at tached to them.
4) Any soldering iron used must be 20 W to 30 W, the temperature must be less than 300 °C, and within 3 seconds.
2. Prohibited items and notes on handling1. Operating temperature range
Use in the range of –10 °C to +70 °C2. Storage temperature
Store in the range of –40 °C to +70 °C3. Storage conditions
Do not store the position sensors under hightemperatures and/or high humidity, or in a locationwhere corrosive gas may be present. Store the mount ed sensors at a room temperature andhumidity in its original packaging. Use them within 6 months. Check the date of manufacture on the package box and apply the “fi rst-in-fi rst-out” rule. If un packed position sensors must be stored asinventory, store them in a polyethylene bag to keep out air.
3. Cautionary notes regarding fi re and smoking1. Absolutely avoid use of a position sensor beyond its
rated range, it could cause a fi re and abnormality. Take proper measures such as current interruption using a protective circuit.
2. The grade of nonfl ammability for resin used inposition sensors is “94HB,” which is based on UL94 Stan dards (fl ammability test for plastic materials).
Prohibit use in a location where a spreading fi re may be generated or prepare against a spreading fi re.
4. For use in equipment requiring high degrees of safety
Although care is taken to ensure position sensor quality, short circuits, or open circuits are some problems that may occur. To design a circuit which places maximum emphasis on safety, re view the affect of any single fault of a position sensor in advance and perform virtually fail-safe design to ensure maximum safety by:1. preparing a protective circuit or a protective
de vice to improve system safety, and2. preparing a redundant circuit to improve system
safety so that the single fault of a position sensor does not cause a dangerous situation.
5. For actual use, be sure to refer to “Product Specifi cations for additional information.”
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Position Sensors
– EV29 –
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit
Please place an order by an integer multiple of the Quantity/Carton.
Type, Series Part No. PackagingQuantity/Carton
MinimumQuantity/
Packing UnitNotes
10 mm GS SensorsEVWAE
EVWAD
Embossed Taping
(Reel Pack)6000 pcs. 1500 pcs.
Linear Position Sensors EVAW7
Tray Pack
2000 pcs.3000 pcs.
200 pcs.300 pcs.
(8 mm Type)
(9 mm Type)
15 mm Position Sensors EVWBE 500 pcs. 50 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Position Sensors/EVWAE/D
– EV30 –
1
E
2
V
3
W B
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Product Code Specification Taper & Resistance
A
Shaft Type 7th, 8th, 9thD hole TypeH hole Type
001002
ED
10 mm GS Sensors
Type: EVWAE/EVWAD
Features Low profi le (H=2.2 mm), Shaft hole diameters of up to 4 mm are available. Long operation life: 1 million operation cycles. A wide electrical output angle of a maximum 343 °, ready for SMDs
Explanation of Part Numbers
Low profi le, long life sensor, which is suitable for detecting the angles of rotating axes.
Recommended Applications Detection of robot joint angles Detection of air conditioner damper angles Detection of various control unit angles
MechanicalRating 0.05 W, 5V
Operating Force 3 mN·m max.
ElectricalTotal Resistance 5 k±30 %, 10 k±30 %
Linearity ±2 % max.
Endurance Operating Life 1000000 cycles min. (operation Angle ±30 °)
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 1500 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 6000 pcs.
Spec i fi ca tions
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Position Sensors/EVWAE/D
– EV31 –
PWB mounting hole for reference
(Pitch tolerance : ±0.1)
View from mounting side
Circuit diagram
Mounting surface
Sleeve
Marking
7.0
5.2
9.07.
2
2.52.5
3-1.4
φ1.3
1.1+
0.05
0
#2’
#1 #3#2
#2 #1
#3
9.4±0.05
3
φ1.1
+0.05
0
#2’
0.2
0.2CO. 2
5 max.
CO. 1
2.6
3-1
1.2
0.8
5.3
7.35
#3
8.4
2-φ10
–0.1
φ50 –0
.1
2.5 2.5#1 #2
#2’
0.1
8.7
6.7
10.6
9.4
2.2
(φ6)
PWB mounting hole for reference
(Pitch tolerance : ±0.1)
View from mounting side
Circuit diagram
Mounting surface
Marking
7.0
5.2
9.07.
2
2.52.5
3-1.4
φ1.3
1.1+
0.05
0
#2’
#1 #3#2
#2 #1
#3
8±0.05
3
φ1.1
+0.05
0
#2’
0.2
0.2
2.6
3-1
1.2
5.3
7.35
#3
8.4
2-φ10
–0.1
2.5 2.5#1 #2
#2’
0.1
8.7
6.7
10.6
8.0
2.2
φ4+0.1
0
3+0.1 0
φ4+0.1
0
3
2.8
Length
: 0.52-R
0.15
+0.
10
2.97
±0.0
5
φ4+0.1
0
3+0.1 0
φ4+0.1
0
3
2.8
Length
: 0.52-R
0.15
+0.
10
2.97
±0.0
5
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
EVWAWith sleeve Type
No. 1
EVWAWithout sleeve Type
No. 2
Shaft TypeD Type H Type
Shaft Type 7th, 8th, 9th
D Type 001
H Type 002
Shaft TypeD Type H Type
Shaft Type 7th, 8th, 9th
D Type 001
H Type 002
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Position Sensors/EVAW7
– EV32 –
1
E
2
V
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Product Code Lever Trims & DimensionsSpecifications Taper & Resitance
BA
Linear Position Sensors (for reference only)
Type: EVAW7
Explanation Part Numbers
Specifi cations
Features A wide variety of operation strokes Long life and high resolution
Recommended Applications Car headlight angle detection sensor
EVAW7
Mechanical
Stroke 9.0 mm±0.5 mm 8.0 mm±0.5 mm
Operating Force 2 N max. 1 N max.
Electrical
Linearity ±2 % ±1 %
Total Resistance 10 k±30 % 4.7 k ±30 %
Voltage Rating 5 Vdc max. 12 Vdc max.
Taper B
Endurance Operating Life 10000 cycles min. 10000 cycles min.
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 300 pcs. (Tray Pack) 200 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/Carton 3000 pcs. 2000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Position Sensors/EVAW7
– EV33 –
2-2.5
#1#3#2
Potentiometer circuit diagram
3-0.6t=0.35t=0.3
2.753.
8 3.0
9.0
15.8
Potentiometer circuit diagram
11.6
0.61.5
0.3
3 4
1.55(3)
3.4
48
15
C0.3
(5)
9
10
φ2.05
MECHANICAL STROKE
#3#1#2
#1
#3
#2
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
EVAW79.0 mm Stroke Type
No. 1
EVAW78.0 mm Stroke Type
No. 2
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Position Sensors/EVWBE
– EV34 –
1
E
2
V
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Product Code Lever Trims & DimensionsSpecifications Taper & Resitance
B EW2-
42-
14
Circuit diagram
8
C0.5C0.5
φ15
3.54.2
2.5
2.54 2.54
15
C1
3-1
(2.95)
(1.7)
C0.7
0.7
9.5
323
2.5
4φ4.52
7.15
28.1
7
CW
Wiper
#2
Ground
+5V#3
#1
R1
R2
15 mm Position Sensors (for reference only)
Type: EVWBE
Explanation Part Numbers
Specifi cations
Features Simple dustproof structure achieved by insert molding
of the resistor element Connector terminals Long life and high resolution
Recommended Ap pli ca tions Temperature and air fl ow and mode control for
automotive climate control systems
EVWBE1 EVWBE2 EVWBE3
MechanicalRotation Angle Endless
Rotation Torque 15 m·Nm max.
Electrical
Voltage Rating 5 Vdc
Total Resistance 10.5 k±30 % 10.5 k ±30 % 21 k±30 %
Rotation Angle 100 ° 150 ° 250 °
Taper B
Linearity ±2 % max.
Endurance Operating Life 100000 cycles min.
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 50 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/Carton 500 pcs.
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Oct. 201200
Encoders
– EV35 –
CONTENTS
Page
Quick Selection Guide .......................................................................................................... EV36
Checklist Before Inquiry ........................................................................................................ EV37
Application Notes................................................................................................................... EV38
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit............................................................................................ EV39
10 mm Square GS Encoders (EVQVX) ............................................................................... EV40
10 mm Square SMD Encoders (EVQVV) ............................................................................ EV42
Edge Drive Jog Encoders (EVQWK).................................................................................... EV44
11 mm Square GS Encoders (EVER, EVEU, EVEV, EVEY) .............................................. EV46
12 mm Square GS Encoders (EVEG, EVEH, EVEK, EVEL).............................................. EV49
12 mm Square GS Encoders with Push-on Switch (EVEJB)............................................. EV52
16 mm Square Encoders (EVEP/EVEQ).............................................................................. EV54
18 mm Square Encoders (High Rotational Torque / EVQW).............................................. EV56
20/12 mm Center Space Encoders (EVQV6) ...................................................................... EV57
27/17 mm Center Space Encoders (EVQWF, EVQVP) ....................................................... EV58
27/18 mm Center Space Encoders (EVQV5) ...................................................................... EV59
38/25 mm Center Space Encoders (EVQVN) ..................................................................... EV60
60/40 mm Center Space Encoders (EVQV0)...................................................................... EV61
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders
– EV36 –
Quick Selection Guide
Type, Series Appearance PartNumbers
Country of origin Resolution Detents Operating Life Page
10 mm Square GS EVQVX China 12 Pulses/360 ° 24 Points 200000 Cycles EV40
10 mm Square SMD EVQVV Japan 3 Pulses/360 ° Withoutdetents 70000 Cycles EV42
Edge Drive Jog EVQWK Japan 15 Pulses/360 ° 15 Points 100000 Cycles EV44
11 mm Square GS
EVEREVEUEVEVEVEY
JapanVietnam
8, 12, 15, 16Pulses/360 °
16 Points,24 Points,30 Points,32 Points
30000 Cycles EV46
12 mm Square GS
EVEGEVEHEVEKEVEL
Malaysia12, 20, 24
Pulses/360 °
12 Points,20 Points,24 Points,
Without detents
30000 Cycles(Heavy-rotation
torque 15000 cycles)EV49
12 mm square GS (with Push-on Switch)
EVEJB Vietnam 20 Pulses/360 ° 20 Points 30000 Cycles EV52
16 mm SquareEVEPEVEQ
JapanVietnam
8, 16 Pulses/360 °16 Points,32 Points
1000000 Cycles30000 Cycles
EV54
18 mm square(High Rotational Torque)
EVQW Japan Absolute 5 bit Custom 15000 Cycles EV56
20/12 mmCenter Space
EVQV6 Vietnam 9 Pulses/360 ° 18 Points 30000 Cycles EV57
27/17 mmCenter Space
EVQWFEVQVP
Japan 9, 15 Pulses/360 °18 Points,30 Points
30000 Cycles EV58
27/18 mmCenter Space
EVQV5 Vietnam 9, 15 Pulses/360 °18 Points,30 Points
30000 Cycles EV59
38/25 mmCenter Space
EVQVN Malaysia 15 Pulses/360 ° 30 Points 30000 Cycles EV60
60/40 mmCenter Space
EVQV0 Japan 15 Pulses/360 ° 30 Points 30000 Cycles EV61
Country of origin : As of April 2013
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders
– EV37 –
Notes:1. When you specify custom types (custom-made), new tooling and jigs, and/or equipment may be required. It will be necessary to confi rm your
estimates of quantity and development schedule as accurately as possible.2. Please inform us if you designate your own part number.
Previous notations for potentiometer shape “Stand-up type” (Shaft is parallel to PWB.) and “Lay-down type” (Shaft is vertical to PWB.) – have been changed in this edition to “Horizontal type” or “Side-adjust type” (Shaft or knob is parallel to PWB.) and “Vertical type” or “Top-adjust type” (Shaft or knob is ver ti cal to PWB.).
When specifying Encoders, please take advantage of our standard products for better price and delivery.Please provide the following items before ordering.
Checklist Before Inquiry
Checklist
Com
mon
C-1 Inquiry purpose New use, Modifi cation, Others( )
C-2 Modifi cation
Current supplier
Current Part No.
Purpose
C-3 Application
Equipment
Environment Indoor/Outdoor use, Stationary/Portable set, High humidity, SO2, Nacl
Temperature ( °C) to ( °C)
Operation General use, Edge drive, Low torque, High torque
C-4 Adjustmemt Method Manual, Automatic
C-5 MountingMethod Manual, Automatic
Mounter Panasert(Model: ), Other mounter(Maker/Model: ),Parts feeder Magazine
C-6 Soldering
Method Manual soldering, Flow soldering, Refl ow soldering
Conditions Temp. ( °C), Time ( s), Dipping times( )
Washing Machine, Soaking, Applied solvent( )
Ele
ctri
cal
E-1 Application Circuit Volume, Tone, Balance, Circuit regulation, Others( )
E-2 ConditionsRating Max. operating power( W), Operating voltage( V)
Applied current Small current use, Applying current( mA)
E-3 EncodersOutput Signal 2 phase system(Phase A or B), Others( )
Resolution 8, 9, 12, 15, 16, 20, 24, Pulse, Others/360 °
E-4 Other requirements
Sha
pes/
Dim
ensi
ons
M-1 Shape
Type Rotary, Others( )
Size 10.0 mm, 11.0 mm, 12.0 mm, 16.0 mm, 18 mm, Others( )
Shape Side Adjustment, Top Adjustment
M-2 Shaft Shape Metal Shaft(F type, S type, P type), Insulated Shaft(F type, S type)
M-3 MountingType Bushing, Soldering
(Type with bushing) Screw dia.: M7, M9, Screw pitch: 0.75 mm, Bushing length: 5.0 mm, 7.0 mm, 10.0 mm
M-4 TerminalsType Solder lug, PWB
(PWB terminals) Length from mounting surface( mm), Layout pattern( )
M-5 Additional function
M-6 Switch
Type Push-On, Others( )
Poles & Throws 1 pole 1 throw
Rating Voltage:( V), Current:( A), Inrush current:( A)
Terminal Type PWB terminal, Others( )
M-7 Detents 16 points, 18 points, 20 points, 24 points, 30 points, 32 points, Others( point)
Oth
ers L-1 Special requirements for endurance
L-2 Other questionnaires
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders
– EV38 –
Application Notes
When using our Encoders, please observe the fol low ing cautionary items to prevent dangerous ac ci dents and de te ri o ra tion of performance.
1. Prohibited items and notes in design stage1. Soldering conditions
When per forming solder dipping, check thesoldering conditions according to the Individual “Product Specifi cations,” because the conditions vary from prod uct to product.Do not wash an encoder after solder dippingbecause fl ux may invade the encoder, resulting in contact failure. Avoid use of jumper cables near the en cod ers be cause fl ux may get to them.
2. Shaft rotation wobbleIf the shaft is long, the rotation wobble increases in pro por tion to its length. To secure the quality of a set, we rec om mend use of the types with a bush ing.
3. Operating temperature conditionsTacti le feeling in operation is given seriousconsideration, and rotat ion torque increasesunder low tem per a tures (below –10 °C) depending on the prod uct. If a encoder is expected to be usedunder low tem per a tures, specify this in advance.
2. Prohibited items and notes on handling1. Chemical resistance
Before using a potentiometer with an insulated shaft, be sure to check the reactivity of the shaft with any chemicals to be used.
2. Storage conditionsDo not store the encoders under high tem peraturesand/or high humidity, or in a location wherecorrosive gas may be generated. Store the en cod ers at room tem per a ture and room humidity in a packed condition. Use them within a maximum of 6 months. Check the date of manufacture on the pack age box and apply the “fi rst-in-fi rst-out” rule. If unpackedencoders must be stored as in ven to ry, store them in a polyethylene bag to keep out air.
3. Prohibited items on fi re and smoking1. Absolutely avoid use of a encoder beyond its rat ed
range because it may cause a fi re. If misuse or abnormal use may result in con di tions
in which the encoder is used out of its rated range, take proper measures such as currentinterruption using a protective circuit.
2. The grade of nonfl ammability for resin used inencoders is “94HB,” which is based on UL94Standards (fl ammability test for plastic materials). Pro hib it use in a location where a spreading fi re may be generated or prepare against a spreading fi re.
4. For use in equipment for which safety is re quest ed
Although care is taken to ensure encoder quality,in fe ri or characteristics, short circuits, and opencir cuits are some problems that might be gen er at ed.To design a set which places maximum em pha sis on safety, re view the affect of any sin gle fault of a en cod er in ad vance and perform virtually fail-safe design to ensure maximum safe ty by:1. preparing a protective circuit or a protective
de vice to improve system safety, and2. preparing a redundant circuit to improve sys tem
safety so that the single fault of a encoder does not cause a dangerous situation.
5. For actual use, be sure to refer to “Product Specifi cations for information.”
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders
– EV39 –
Minimum Quantity/Packing UnitPlease place an order by an integer multiple of the Quantity/Carton.
Type, Series Part No. PackagingQuantity/Carton
Minimum Quantity/
Pack ing UnitNotes
10 mm Square GS Encoders EVQVX Tray Pack 3000 pcs. 300 pcs.
10 mm Square SMD Encoders EVQVVEmbossed Taping
(Reel Pack)6000 pcs. 1500 pcs.
Edge Drive Jog Encoders EVQWK
Embossed Taping(Reel Pack)
1600 pcs. 400 pcs.
Tray Pack 1000 pcs. 100 pcs.
11 mm Square GS Encoders
EVEREVEU
Tray Pack
250 pcs.or
300 pcs.50 pcs.
EVEVEVEY 500 pcs. 100 pcs.
12 mm Square GS En cod ers
EVEGEVEHEVEKEVEL
Polyethylene Bag(Bulk)
1000 pcs. 100 pcs. L<25.0 mm
2000 pcs. 200 pcs. L>26.0 mm
12 mm Square GS Encoders
(with Push-on Switch)EVEJB
Polyethylene Bag(Bulk)
500 pcs. 100 pcs.
16 mm Square Encoders EVEPEVEQ Tray Pack 200 pcs. 50 pcs.
18 mm Square Encoders
(High Rotational Torque)EVQW Tray Pack 800 pcs. 80 pcs.
20/12 mm
Center Space EncodersEVQV6 Tray Pack 2000 pcs. 100 pcs.
27/17 mm
Center Space EncodersEVQWFEVQVP Tray Pack 800 pcs. 80 pcs.
27/18 mm
Center Space EncodersEVQV5 Tray Pack 1600 pcs. 80 pcs.
38/25 mm
Center Space EncodersEVQVN Tray Pack 250 pcs. 50 pcs.
60/40 mm
Center Space EncodersEVQV0 Tray Pack 100 pcs. 20 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVQVX
– EV40 –
1
Product Code Specifications Shaft Trims & Dimensions
E
2
V V X
3
Q
4 5 6 7 8 9
Output(Pulses)
10 11 12
Features Compact and thin design (Body thickness: 4 mm) Good rotational feel Supports vertical self-standing mounting onto printed
circuit boards
10 mm Square GS Encoders
Type: EVQVX
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Computer peripherals (Mouse) Information & communications equipment For input devices of measuring instruments and
various electronic equipment
Specifi cations
Mechanical
Rotation Angle 360 ° (Endless)
Rotation Torque 1 mN·m to 10 mN·m
Detents 24 points
Electrical
Output Signals Phase A and B
Resolution 12 pulses/360 °
Rating 1 mA 10 Vdc (at each bit)
Contact Resistance 10 max.
Insulation Resistance 50 M min. (at 50 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 50 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 5 ms max.
Endurance Rotation Life 200000 cycles min.
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 300 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/Carton 3000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVQVX
– EV41 –
0.01 µF 0.01 µF
Signal A
A
Signal B
Encoder
B
COM
5 V dc
10 k 10 k
10 k 10 k
T1 T2 T3 T4
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Stable position of detent
C.W direction (View D )
Signal A
Signal B
Phase difference T1, T2, T3 , T4
(At rotational speed 60 r/min.)Initial............... 4 m sec. min.After life........ 2.5 m sec. min.
6-60°
1.25
2.0
5.0
10.8
6.8±
0.5
0.8±
0.5 9.7±1.0
3.6±0.52-1.8+0.1
1.3±
1.0
4.2±
0.5
2.4±
0.5
9.7±1.0
PWB mounting hole for reference (Tolerance : ±0.1)(View from mounting side)
(PWB thickness t=1.6)
t=0.4
30°±3°
4.0 0.6
2.7
4.2
2.0
0.7
(5.3)
H
5.0
4.0
4.1
3-0.8±0.1
5.0Height
MountingSurface
3.5
3.5
(φ3.
8)
3.05
9.7
11.6±1.0
Shaft hole shape and dimension
φ2.98±0.1
3-φ1
.0+0
.1
6.8
2.0
4.0
R4.1
COMB
A
View D
COMBA
M
7.0 mm9.0 mm
11.0 mmH
0
3-1.73+0.1–0
2-2.
1+0.
10
–0
... Leg position
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
EVQVX
Test Circuit Diagram Phase Difference
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVQVV
– EV42 –
1
Product Code Specifications Shaft Trims & Dimensions
E
2
V V V
3
Q
4 5 6 7 8 9
Output(Pulses)
10 11 12
Features Low profi le(H=2.2 mm), Shaft hole diameters of up to 4 mm. Light operation with a rotation torque of 2 mN·m Automatic mounting and SMDs.
10 mm Square SMD Encoders
Type: EVQVV
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Air conditioning temperature controls Input of operation units Computer peripherals
Specifi cations
MechanicalRotation Angle 360 ° (Endless)
Rotation Torque 2 mN·m max.
Electrical
Output Signals Phase A and B
Resolution 3 pulses/360 °
Rating 1 mA 10 Vdc (at each bit)
Contact Resistance 10 max.
Insulation Resistance 50 M min. (at 50 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 50 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 5 ms max.
Endurance Rotation Life 70000 cycles min.
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 1500 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 6000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVQVV
– EV43 –
0.01 µF 0.01 µF
A B
COM
5 Vdc
10 k 10 k
10 k 10 kSignal A Signal B
Encoder
Signal A
Signal B
T4T3T2T1
120 °±10 °
4-15±5 °4-15±5 °
4–30 °C.W direction
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
0.2
7.0
5.2
9.0
7.2
2.52.53-1.4
10.6
6.7
8.7
2.52.58.4
7.35
5.3
φ4 +0.11.2
3-1
2.6 0.2
8.0±0.05
8.0±0.15
3.0
CW
–0
–0
3.0+0.12.3±0.2
2.2±0.2
1.3+0.1
(0.1)
B : Output signal BA : Output signal A
(View from parts side.)PWB thickness t=1.6
Tolerance : ±0.1
PWB mounting hole for reference
COM
COM
COMA B
BA
COM
–0
1.1+
0.05
0
φ1.1
+0.0
50
2-φ1+0–0.1
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
EVQVV
Test Circuit Diagram Phase Difference
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVQWK
– EV44 –
1
E
2
V
3
Q
4 5 6 7 8 9
Product Code Specifications Wheel Shape
W K
Mechanical
EncoderDetents 15 points
Rotation Torque 1 mN·m to 10 mN·m
Push-on SwitchTravel 0.3 mm (Thin-Type : 0.2 mm)
Operating Force 4.5 N±1.5 N
ElectricalEncoder
Resolution 15 pulses/360 °
Output Signals 2-Phases (A and B)
Contact Resistance 1 max.
Push-on Switch Contact Resistance 100 m
EnduranceEncoder Rotation Life
100000 cycles min.Push-on Switch Operating Life
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 100 pcs. (Tray Pack)
400 pcs. Embossed Taping (Reel Pack)
Quantity/Carton 1000 pcs.
1600 pcs.
Edge Drive Jog Encoders
Type: EVQWK
Specifi cations
Features Tactile rotary operation and push operation Refl ow soldering type available Anti-electrostatic measures available
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Memory paging and transmitting Menu selection and input for Portable Electronic Equip ment
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVQWK
– EV45 –
R0.25
11.3
6.35
1.0
0 –0.1
1.52.5
10.2φ15.00±0.15
7.6±
0.1
7.05
±0.1
5
φ3.0
Pin-gate within φ8.0 Custom-made knob availableN.C.
N.C.
BSW1SW2SW1comA
6-0.
85-
1.75
5.0
13.0
11.4
5
0.5
1.20
–0.1
0.12
0.1
2.9
0 –0.2
5.4±
0.2
(2.5
)
0.5±
0.1
Ground terminals for ESD 0.128.04.1
APart (terminal)
1.0
R1.451.4
6.4 3.80±0.150.5
φ1.00
–0.1R5.0±0.1
5.6
(Kno
bro
tatio
nal
cent
er)
1
0.5 max.A Detail
Circuit diagram
Com A
SW1 SW2
B
SW1 PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.1)
View from mounting side
2-R0.5
5.06.4
φ1.10+0.05
0
1.2+0.1
0
1.0
1.6
10.5
2-1.
6
2-1.0
4-R0.5
Support leg(No electrical connection)
Terminal for reinforcing
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance: ±0.1)
View from mounting side
Recommendedland pattern
1.6±0.20.3 max.
R0.3
1.0
0 -0.1
φ15.00±0.15
φ9.8
φ2.5
N.C
10.2
6-0.
85-
1.75
5.2
11.8
7.5
6.1
B
SW2
SW1
SW1
comA
N.C
0.55±0.10
2-C0.25
6-1.
24.
72.5
2-2
6-1.05-1.75
4.45.8 2-2.2
2.51.4
5.5 4.70±0.15φ1.0 0
-0.1
(0.5)
4.3
9.5
1.4
4.1
1.60
+0.
05-0
.10
3.65
±0.2
0
0.35
R1.45
φ1.0 0-0.1R5.
0±0.1
1.1
φ1.10±0.05
9.54.3
9.6
1.0
+0.
10
1.3
R0.55
2-R0.5
1.10
±0.0
5
1.4
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
No. 2
No. 1
EVQWK4
EVQWKA
Thin-type(H=3.5 mm)
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVER/U/V/Y
– EV46 –
1
E
2
V
3
E
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Product Code Shaft Trims & DimensionsSpecifications Output(Pulses)
R
U
V
Y
Reflow Type
Minimized Shaft Wobble Reflow Type
Wave Soldering Type
Minimized Shaft Wobble Wave Soldering Type
4 th Type
Specifi cations
EVER(Refl ow Type)
EVEV(Wave Soldering
Type)
EVEU(Minimized Shaft
Wobble Refl ow Type)
EVEY(Minimized Shaft Wobble
Wave Soldering Type)
Mechanical
Rotation Angle 360 ° (Endless)Shaft Pull/Push Strength 100 N min.Shaft Wobble 0.6L/30 (mm) max. 0.35L/30 (mm) max.Rotation Torque 3 mN·m to 20 mN·mDetents 16 points, 24 points, 30 points, 32 pointsShaft Length Range L1=15 to 20 mm L1=15 to 30 mm L1=16 to 20 mm
Electrical
Output Signals Phase A and BResolution 8, 12, 15, 16 pulses/360 °Rating 1 mA 10 Vdc (at each bit)Contact Resistance 1 max.Chattering 3 ms max.Insulation Resistance 50 M min. (at 250 Vdc)Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 300 Vac for 1 minuteBouncing 5 ms max.
Switch Part
Type SPST Push-onRating 20 mA 16 VdcContact Resistance 100 m max.
Operating Force 0.4 mm travel type : 3 N, 4 N , 6 N 1.5 mm travel type : 2.5 N, 4 N , 5 N
Travel 0.4 mm, 1.5 mm
EnduranceRotation Life (Encoder) 30000 cycles min.Operating Life (Switch) 30000 cycles min.
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 50 pcs. (Tray Pack) 100 pcs. (Tray Pack) 50 pcs. (Tray Pack) 100 pcs. (Tray Pack)Quantity/Carton 250 pcs. or 300 pcs. 500 pcs. 250 pcs. or 300 pcs. 500 pcs.
Features Low Profi le : Refl ow Type 3.5 mm, Wave Soldering Type 4 mm Minimized shaft wobble type is also available The refl ow type allows the product to be automatically
mounted and refl ow-soldered
11 mm Square GS Encoders
Type:EVER/EVEU/EVEV/EVEY
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Car audio, car navigation, car air conditioners
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVER/U/V/Y
– EV47 –
Mounting Surface
Shaft shape and dimension
Switch circuit diagram.S.P.S.T.
(Notice)Commonness of encoder.
Center of shaft
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance : ±0.1)
View from mounting sidePWB thickness t=1.6
C0.5
5.0
(SW)
(ENC)
2-0.8±0.1
3-0.8±0.15.0
BC0.5
3.5
2.0
7.5
7.0
3.5 4.0L1
(L2)(B) -0
.104.
5
-0.10
φ6
SCOM
COM S
ABB
12.8
7.5
7.0
5.0±0.05
5.0±0.05
0+0.15-φ1
0+0.1
2-1.8
0+
0.1
2-2.
1
8.5B B AY'
13.6
5.8
12.0
6.2 11
.6X
YSCOM
X'
-0.10
φ7
5.0
4.5±
0.1
3–1±0.1
2–1.5±0.1
5.0
2–3
–0.1φ1.0+0
–0.1φ1.8+0
(SW)
(ENC)
Mounting Surface
Shaft shape and dimension
Switch circuit diagram.S.P.S.T.
(Notice) Commonness of encoder.PWB mounting hole for reference (Tolerance : ±0.1)
View from mounting side
Center of shaft
(Hole)
(Hole)
(Throuh Hole)
The position changes with Resolution pulse
(L2)(B)
C0.5
–0.10 –0.10
4.5 φ6
COM S
0+0.12-φ1.2
2-3.5
4.5
0+0.1φ1.1
3-1.55.0±0.05
11.8±0.05
BAB
SCOM
16.5
3-22-
4
7.3
2-2 7.
0
0+0.05φ1.82-2
5.0±0.05
8.5Y' ABB
3-0.
8max
.
3-11.0
2-0.
8
0.82-13.5 B
C0.5L1
11.6
6.2
15.512.0
5.8
X'
COM SY
X
2-0.
8max
.
–0.10
φ7
4–44.02.0
R0.1
C0.2C0.21.0
0.8
11.6
6.2
3.5
2–0.
8
3–1
2–1
15.512.0
8.5
5.8
2–0.
8m
ax.
3–0.
8m
ax.
(L3)(L2)
L1
C0.5 (7.8)
–0.1φ8.0+0
–0.1φ8.2+0
–0.15φ9.0+0
–0.1
7.0+
0
X'X
A
SCOM
Y'
Y
BB
Y
X'X
Y'0
+0.12-φ1.22-3.5
4.5
0+0.1φ1.1
3-1.55.0±0.05
11.8±0.05
BAB
SCOM
16.5
3-22-
4
7.3
2-2 7.
0
0+0.05φ1.82-2
5.0±0.05
5.0
4.5±
0.1
3–1±0.1
2–1.5±0.1
5.0
2–3
–0.1φ1.0+0
–0.1φ1.8+0
(SW)
(ENC)
Mounting Surface
Shaft shape and dimensionMaterial:Zinc alloy for die casting
PWB mounting hole for reference (Tolerance : ±0.1)View from mounting side
Center of shaft
(Hole)
(Hole)
(Throuh Hole)
The position changes with Resolution pulse
Switch circuit diagram.S.P.S.T.
(Notice) Commonness of encoder.
COM S
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
EVER(Refl ow Type)
EVEU(Minimized Shaft Wobble Refl ow Type)
EVEV(Wave Soldering Type)
No. 3
No. 1
No. 2
L1 (L2) (L3)
16.0 mmto 20.0 mm
12.5 mmto 16.5 mm
6.5 mmto 10.5 mm
Bushing length L1 (L2)
B5.0 mm 15.0 mm
to 17.0 mm11.5 mm
to 13.5 mm
7.0 mm 17.0 mmto 20.0 mm
13.5 mmto 16.5 mm
Bushing length L1 (L2)
B5.0 mm 15.0 mm
to 17.0 mm11.0 mm
to 13.0 mm
7.0 mm 17.0 mmto 30.0 mm
13.0 mmto 26.0 mm
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVER/U/V/Y
– EV48 –
Phase difference T1, T2, T3 , T4
(At rotational speed 60 r/min.)Initial............... 4 m sec. min.After life........ 2.5 m sec. min.
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Signal A
Signal B
T1 T2 T3 T4
CW
Detent steady point
0.01 µF 0.01 µF
Signal A
Term.A
Signal B
Term.B
Term.C
Encoder
5 Vdc
10 k 10 k
10 k 10 k
(L2)
L1
φ8±0
.08
3-1.4
2-1.6 3.5
C0.7
(7.2)
2.04.04.0
3.5
2–0.8-±0.1
3–0.8-±0.1
11.6
6.2
12.0
8.5
5.8
(L3)
13.6
7.0
7.5
5.0
5.0
2.0
C0.2C0.2
R0.1Y' AB B
X'
Y
X
S(SW)
(ENC)
X
Y
X'
24 teeth serrtions
No serrtions 2
–0.15φ8.2+0
–0.15φ9+0
COM S
ABB
12.8
7.5
7.0
5.0±0.05
5.0±0.05
0+0.15-φ1
0+0.1
2-1.8
0+
0.1
2-2.
1
4–4COM
Material:Zinc alloy for die casting
Mounting Surface
Center of shaft
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance : ±0.1)
View from mounting sidePWB thickness t=1.6
Switch circuit diagram.S.P.S.T.
(Notice) Commonness of encoder.
COM S
Test Circuit Diagram Phase Difference
EVEY(Minimized Shaft Wobble Wave Soldering Type)
No. 4
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
L1 (L2) (L3)
16.0 mmto 20.0 mm
12.0 mmto 16.0 mm
6.0 mmto 10.0 mm
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVEG/H/K/L
– EV49 –
1
E
2
V
3
E
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Product Code Output (Pulses)Specifications Combination of Shaft
Specifi cations
12 mm Square GS Encoders
Type: EVEG/EVEH/EVEK/EVEL
Features Lineup of high rotation-torque-type (50 mN·m) A wide range of standard products
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Volume for audio/visual equipment Tuner for communication units Mode selection for measurement instruments
Torque typeCombination of
BushingThick ness
Height Detents (Resolution/Pulses)
15.0 mm 17.5 mm 20.0 mm 22.5 mm 25.0 mm 30.0 mm 12 points (12 pulses)
24 points (24 pulses)
Without detents(12 pulses, 24 pulses)
Heavy-rotationtorque
(10 mN·m to 50 mN·m)
Die-cast (7.0,12.0 mm) 5.5 mm Sleeve (7.0,12.0 mm) 5.5 mm
Standard type(3 mN·m to 20 mN·m)
Barling (5.0 mm) 5.0 mm Barling (1.6 mm) 5.0 mm Die-cast (7.0 mm) 5.5 mm Sleeve (7.0 mm) 5.5 mm
Product Chart
Mechanical
Rotation Angle 360 ° (Endless)Shaft Pull/Push Strength 80 N min.Shaft Wobble 0.7L/30 mm max.
Rotation TorqueStandard Type 3 mN·m to 20 mN·mHeavy Rotation Torque 10 mN·m to 50 mN·m
Detents 12 points, 20 points, 24 points, without detents(Heavy rotation-torque without detents)
Electrical
Output Signals Phase A and BResolution 12, 20, 24 pulses/360 °Rating 1 mA 5 Vdc, 1 mA 10 VdcContact Resistance 1 max.Chattering 2 ms max.Insulation Resistance 10 M min. (at 50 Vdc)Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 50 Vac for 1 minute Bouncing 5 ms max.
EnduranceOperating Life
Standard Type 30000 cycles min.Heavy Rotation Torque 15000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –10 °C to +60 °CStorage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit L<25.0 mm 100 pcs. Polyethylene Bag(Bulk) L>26.0 mm 200 pcs. Polyethylene Bag(Bulk)
Quantity/Carton L<25.0 mm 1000 pcs. L>26.0 mm 2000 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVEG/H/K/L
– EV50 –
14.0
3.5
12.4
12.4
L1
5.5 L2
2.0±
0.1
7.5
–0.208.0
–0.20
8
-0.20
φ 9.0
0+0.1
3-φ1.0
7.5
5.0
13.20+
0.1
2-2.
1
0+0.12-2.0
Mounting surface
PWB mounting hole for reference(pitch tolerance : ±0.1)
View from mounting side
Center of shaft
PWB thickness : t=1.6
14.0
7.7
12.4
12.4
5.5
2.0±
0.1
M9 P=0.751.0
7.5
0+0.1
3-φ1.0
7.5
5.0
13.20+
0.1
2-2.
1
0+0.12-2
Mounting surface
PWB mounting hole for reference(pitch tolerance : ±0.1)
View from mounting side
Center of shaft
PWB thickness : t=1.63.5
L1
L2
14.0
3.5
12.4
12.4
5.00.7
2.0±
0.1
7.5
–0.1
+0.
2φ6
.8
BCOMA0+0.1
3-φ1.07.
55.0
13.20+
0.1
2.1
2-
0+0.12-2
Mounting surfacePWB mounting hole for reference
(pitch tolerance : ±0.1)View from mounting side
Center of shaft
PWB thickness : t=1.6
L1
L2
Dimensions in mm (not to scale) High rotation-torque / Bushing Type with Sleeve ....................................................................... Without detents : EVEKE2
With detents : EVEGA1 Standard rotation-torque / Bushing Type with Barling ...............................................................Without detents : EVEGA2
With detents : EVEGC1 Standard rotation-torque / Bushing Type with Die-cast .............................................................Without detents : EVEGC2
No. 3
No. 2
No. 1
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVEG/H/K/L
– EV51 –
5 Vdc
A B
COM
0.01 µF
10 k
0.01 µF
10 k
10 k
10 kSignal A Signal B
Encoder
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Signal A
Signal B
T1 T2 T3 T4
CW
Detent steady point
Phase difference T1, T2, T3 , T4
(At rotational speed 60 r/min.)Initial..............3.5 m sec. min.After life........ 2.5 m sec. min.
L1
L3
-0.10
6.0
φ
-0.10
4.5
Corner Cut
L2
Test Circuit Diagram Phase Difference
Bushing TypeDimensions
L1 L2 L3 Corner Cut
Barling
15.0 mm 1.6 mm 7.0 mm 1.5 mm17.5 mm 5.0 mm 5.0 mm 1.5 mm20.0 mm 5.0 mm 7.0 mm 1.5 mm22.5 mm 5.0 mm 7.0 mm 1.5 mm25.0 mm 5.0 mm 12.0 mm 1.5 mm
Sleeve
20.0 mm 7.0 mm 7.0 mm 1.5 mm22.5 mm 7.0 mm 7.0 mm 1.5 mm25.0 mm 7.0 mm 12.0 mm 1.5 mm
30.0 mm 7.0 mm 12.0 mm 1.5 mm
Die-cast
20.0 mm 7.0 mm 7.0 mm 1.5 mm22.5 mm 7.0 mm 7.0 mm 1.5 mm25.0 mm 7.0 mm 12.0 mm 1.5 mm
30.0 mm 12.0 mm 12.0 mm 1.5 mm
Shaft Trims and Dimensions in mm
High-rotation torque
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVEJB
– EV52 –
1
E
2
V
3
E J B
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Product Code Output (Pulses)Specifications Combination of Shaft& Bushing
Specifi cations
12 mm Square GS Encoderswith Push-on Switch
Type: EVEJB
Features Thin type encoder with vertical push-on switch Insulated shaft or metal shaft types are available
Explanation of Part Numbers
Recommended Applications Volume and tone control for audio/visual and car audio
equipment Tuner for communication units Mode selection for measurement instruments
Mechanical
Rotation Angle 360 ° (Endless)
Shaft Pull/Push Strength 80 N min.
Shaft Wobble 0.7L/30 mm max.
Rotation Torque 3 mN·m to 20 mN·m
Detents 20 points
Electrical
Output Signals Phase A and B
Resolution 20 pulses/360 °
Rating 1 mA 10 Vdc
Contact Resistance 1 max.
Chattering 2 ms max.
Insulation Resistance 10 M min. (at 50 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 50 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 5 ms max.
Switch Part
Type SPST Push-on
Rating 20 mA 16 Vdc
Contact Resistance 100 m max.
Operating Force 3 N, 6 N
Travel 0.4 mm
Endurance
Operating LifeEncoder 30000 cycles min.
Switch 15000 cycles min.
Operating Temperature –10 °C to +60 °C
Storage Temperature –40 °C to +85 °C
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 100 pcs. Polyethylene Bag(Bulk)
Quantity/Carton 500 pcs.
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVEJB
– EV53 –
5 Vdc
A B
COM
0.01 µF
10 k
0.01 µF
10 k
10 k
10 kSignal A Signal B
Encoder
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Signal A
Signal B
T1 T2 T3 T4
CW
Detent steady point
Phase difference T1, T2, T3 , T4
(At rotational speed 60 r/min.)Initial..............3.5 m sec. min.After life........ 2.5 m sec. min.
L1
L3
-0.10
6.0
φ
-0.10
4.5
Corner Cut
L2
Mounting surface
PWB mounting hole for reference(pitch tolerance : ±0.1)
View from mounting side
Center of shaft
PWB thickness : t=1.6
Operation stroke
COMSW
Encoder SideBA3.65
7.0
7.5
0.4
12.48.0
R4.5
12.4
5.0L1
L2
–0+0.1
–0+0.
1
5-φ1
–0+0.12-22-
2.1
13.25.0
5.0
7.0±
0.05
7.5
5±0.05
Mounting surface
PWB mounting hole for reference(pitch tolerance : ±0.1)
View from mounting side
Center of shaft
PWB thickness : t=1.6
C0.5
3.65
7.0
7.5
0.3
COMSW
Encoder SideBA
12.48.0
R4.512
.4
5.0L1
L2
Operation stroke–0+0.1
–0+0.
15-φ1
–0+0.12-22-
2.1
13.25.0
5.0
7.0±
0.05
7.5
5±0.05
Test Circuit Diagram Phase Difference
Shaft TypeDimensions
L1 L2 L3 Corner Cut
Metal 15.0 mm 4.0 mm 5.0 mm 0.5 mm
Insulated20.0 mm 7.0 mm 6.0 mm 1.5 mm
25.0 mm 9.0 mm 10.0 mm 1.5 mm
Shaft Trims and Dimensions in mm
No. 1
Standard rotation-torque / Bushing Type with Sleeve / with Switches .............................................With detents : EVEJBB
No. 2
Standard rotation-torque / Bushing Type with Sleeve / with Switches .............................................With detents : EVEJBE
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVEP/Q
– EV54 –
1
E
2
V
3
E
4
PQ
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Product Code Combination of Shaft & BushingFunction Output (Pulses)
Switch Classification
Specifi cations
EVEP EVEQ
Mechanical
Rotation Angle 360 ° (Endless)
Shaft Pull/Push Strength 100 N min.
Shaft Wobble0.1 mm max.(Length form mounting surface : 21.5 mm)
( 50 mN·m is applied on the point 2 mm from the shaft tip)
Rotation Torque 25 mN·m max.
Detents 16 points 32 points
Electrical
Output Signals Phase A and B
Resolution 8 pulses/ 360 ° 16 pulses/ 360 °
Rating 1 mA 10 Vdc (at each bit)
Contact Resistance 1 max.
Chattering 5 ms max.
Insulation Resistance 50 M min. (at 250 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 300 Vac for 1 minute
Bouncing 5 ms max.
Switch Part
Type SPST Push-on
Rating 20 mA 16 Vdc
Contact Resistance 100 m max.
Operating Force 6 N
Travel 0.5 mm
EnduranceRotation Life (Encoder) 1000000 cycles min. 30000 cycles min.
Operating Life (Switch) 1000000 cycles min. 30000 cycles min.
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 50 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/Carton 200 pcs.
16 mm Square Encoders
Type:EVEP/EVEQ
Features Good operational feel Long life due to high click torque Shaft wobble : 0.1 mm max.
Recommended Applications Centralized control of automotive audio equipment, navigation systems, and air conditioners.
Explanation of Part Numbers
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVEP/Q
– EV55 –
T4T3T2T1
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Signal A
Signal B
Detent steady point
C.W
Phase difference T1, T2, T3 , T4
(At rotational speed 60 r/min.)Initial............... 8 m sec. min.After life........ 2.5 m sec. min.
Signal A
5 Vdc
10 k
10 k
10 k
10 k
0.01 µF0.01 µF
Term.C
A B
Encoder
Signal B
17.0
16.5
EBCOM.AD
+0.05- 0.1φ12.0
+0.05- 0.1
+0
-0.2
φ13.0+0.1- 0.05φ12.7
+0
-0.1
5
+0
-0.1
5
2-0.
5
12.8
11.8
+0
-0.0
5φ1
.8
+0.1-04-φ1.9
16.6.±0.05
D ACOM.B E
+0.1-05-φ1.0
+0.05-0φ1.85
15.0
0±0.
05
21.5
7.5
13.0 12
.09.
0±0.
1
DE 9.0
P2.5x4=10
1.5
90°±
3°0.6
B:Output signal BA:Output signal A
Mountingsurface
except gate area
PWB mounting hole for reference(Tolerance:±0.1)
(View from mounting side)PWB thickness t=1.6
Center of shaft
S.P.S.TSwitch circuit diagram.
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
EVEP/EVEQ
Test Circuit Diagram Phase Difference
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVQW
– EV56 –
1
E
2
V
3
Q
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
W
Product Code Specifications Output(Pulses)Shaft Trims & Dimensions
(3.5) 8.0M8 P=0.75
0.60
–0.37.0
9.0(3.8)
R0.1
(1.5
)C0.5
4.5
0 –0.1
φ60 –0
.15
0.4
6.5
18.0±1.019.6±0.7
4.42.8±0.2
9.0
18.0
18.5
max
.
4-0.7(R1.
75ho
le)
7-φ1.0+0.10
4-φ1.6+0.10
9.5
(0.7
)14
.8
6-2.0
(1.4
)
2-5.
1±0.
32-
6±0.
3
(2.4
)2-17.42-13.0±0.2
0–0.1
Joint part with Encoder case and PWB
(2.1)
(1.5)
Mounting surface
Custom design
Non-effective thread 1.0 max.
View from mounting sidePWB thickness t=1.6
· · ·
PWB mounting hole for reference(Pitch tolerance:±0.1)
Type Top Adjustment type, with or without bush ing
Mechanical
Rotation Angle 360 ° (Endless)Shaft Pull/Push Strength 80 N min.Shaft Wobble 0.7L/30 (mm) max.Rotation Torque 20 mN·m to 100 mN·mDetent Pitch 10 ° to 30 °
Electrical
Output Signals Gray codeResolution Absolute 5 bit (Custom design of 6 bit max. available)Rating 5 mA 10 VdcContact Resistance 1 max.Chattering 2 ms max.Insulation Resistance 100 M min. (at 250 Vdc)Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 300 Vac for 1 minuteBouncing 5 ms max.
Endurance Rotation Life 15000 cycles min.Minimum Quantity / Packing Unit 80 pcs. (Tray Pack)Quantity / Carton 800 pcs.
Features External dimensions : 18.0 mm18.0 mm, Height 8.0 mm Absolute 5 bit available
18 mm Square Encoders (High Rotational Torque)
Type: EVQW
Specifi cations
Recommended Applications Function switching/adjusting for control panels of car
air conditioners Signal input for monitors and audio/visual equipment
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Explanation of Part Numbers
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVQV6
– EV57 –
E
1
V V
2
Q 6
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Product Code Type Design No. Output(Pulses)
1
5.5
20
20.6
14.3
(21.7)
16.4
2–φ1
.511
.511
.5φ15.
6
211
51.5
2-2.
3
8
9.5
φ20.2φ11.6
BA
COM
R0.75
2
23
5.5
2
3–φ1
φ1.5
1.5
16.42-1.8
2-R0.9
2-4.
3(19.3)21.1
PWB mounting hole for referenceView from mounting side
PWB thickness t=1.6
Specifi cations
Explanation of Part Numbers
Rec om mend ed Applications Car audio products (adjustment of volume, tone,
tun ers, etc.) AV equipment (control of edit functions of VCRs,
CD players, etc.)
Features Multiple unit construction (achieved by mounting switches, LEDs, etc.) (center space) on the printed wiring board Good operability and high reliability
Mechanical
Rotation Angle 360 ° (Endless)
Rotation Torque (Detents Torque) 11 mN·m, 18 mN·m
Detents 18 points
Electrical
Output Signal Phase A and B
Resolution 9 pulses/360 °
Rating 1 mA 10 Vdc
Contact Resistance 1 max.
Chattering 5 ms max.
Insulation Resistance 50 m min. (at 250 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 300 Vac for 1 minute
Endurance Rotation Life 30000 cycles min.
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 100 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/Carton 2000 pcs.
20/12 mm Center Space Encoders
Type: EVQV6
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVQWF/VP
– EV58 –
11.5
23
23
2-1.64-0.75
2-φ1
.52-
φ2.5
162-2.
5
φ27
1528
28.2(29.4)
φ16.5
2-φ2.5
10.753.3
5
φ21.
6
C0.3
156
ComBA
11.5
27.4
5
23
16
1.5
2.1
φ1.5
3-φ1
2-R0.75
2-φ2.7
PWB mounting hole for referenceView from mounting side
PWB thickness t=1.6
E
1
V W
2
Q F
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Product Code Type Design No. Output(Pulses)
1
E
1
V V
2
Q P
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Product Code Type Design No. Output(Pulses)
1
Specifi cations
Explanation of Part Numbers
Rec om mend ed Applications Car audio products (adjustment of volume, tone,
tun ers, etc.) AV equipment (control of edit functions of VCRs,
CD players, etc.)
Features Multiple unit construction (achieved by mounting switches, LEDs, etc.) (center space) on the printed wiring board Good operability and high reliability
Mechanical
Rotation Angle 360 ° (Endless)
Rotation Torque (Detents Torque) 3 mN·m to 20 mN·m
Detents 18 points, 30 points
Electrical
Output Signal Phase A and B
Resolution 9 pulses/360 °, 15 pulses/360 °
Rating 1 mA 10 Vdc
Contact Resistance 1 max.
Chattering 5 ms max.
Insulation Resistance 50 m min. (at 250 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 300 Vac for 1 minute
Endurance Rotation Life 30000 cycles min.
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 80 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/Carton 800 pcs.
27/17 mm Center Space Encoders
Type: EVQWF/EVQVP
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVQV5
– EV59 –
E
1
V V
2
Q 5
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Product Code Type Design No. Output(Pulses)
1
PWB mounting hole for referenceView from mounting side
PWB thickness t=1.6
2-2.
5
15
2-27
.9
6φ27
1515
28
28
7
1.5
14
12
22
φ21.
9
2.5
(29.6)
φ17.6
BA
COM
28.7(26.9)
2.5
1530
φ1.5
2–1.82–R0.9
2–4.
522
3–φ17
2
1.5 R0.75
Specifi cations
Explanation of Part Numbers
Rec om mend ed Applications Car audio products (adjustment of volume, tone,
tun ers, etc.) AV equipment (control of edit functions of VCRs,
CD players, etc.)
Features Multiple unit construction (achieved by mounting switches, LEDs, etc.) (center space) on the printed wiring board Good operability and high reliability
Mechanical
Rotation Angle 360 ° (Endless)
Rotation Torque (Detents Torque) 9 mN·m, 13.5 mN·m, 18 mN·m
Detents 18 points, 30 points
Electrical
Output Signal Phase A and B
Resolution 9 pulses/360 °, 15 pulses/360 °
Rating 1 mA 10 Vdc
Contact Resistance 1 max.
Chattering 5 ms max.
Insulation Resistance 50 m min. (at 250 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 300 Vac for 1 minute
Endurance Rotation Life 30000 cycles min.
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 80 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/Carton 1600 pcs.
27/18 mm Center Space Encoders
Type: EVQV5
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVQVN
– EV60 –
E
1
V V
2
Q N
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Product Code Type Design No. Output(Pulses)
1
40.1
φ31.40±0.15
22.8 20
6-11
2-2
2-φ1
.70
-0.1
50
CO.27.5
3.5
19.74-1.
52-
5.8
24
10
3.4 2-1.2
φ25.0±0.3
2-2.50
±0.15
15.80
±0.15
31.6
±0.3
31.6
0±0.
05
20.2
0±0.
0539.40±0.05
45.0°±0.5°
15.8
0±0.
05
4-4
4-R13.1
2-R13.1
27.35±0.30
2.5 2.5
2.3
7.9±0.
3
0.2±
0.1
20.2
φ38.42-1.2
18
3-0.8±0.12.5
BCOM
A
BCOM
3-φ1.0 0
2-φ1.8
2-R0.85
R19.05
+0.1
φ1.7 0+0.1
1.7 0+0.1
2-2.
80
+0.
1
2-1.5 0+0.1
A
2.52-1.2
PWB mounting hole for referenceView from mounting side
PWB thickness t=1.6
Specifi cations
Explanation of Part Numbers
Rec om mend ed Applications Car audio products (adjustment of volume, tone,
tun ers, etc.) AV equipment (control of edit functions of VCRs,
CD players, etc.)
Features Multiple unit construction (achieved by mounting switches, LEDs, etc.) (center space) on the printed wiring board Good operability and high reliability
Mechanical
Rotation Angle 360 ° (Endless)
Rotation Torque (Detents Torque) 20 mN·m
Detents 30 points
Electrical
Output Signal Phase A and B
Resolution 15 pulses/360 °
Rating 1 mA 10 Vdc
Contact Resistance 1 max.
Chattering 5 ms max.
Insulation Resistance 50 m min. (at 250 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 300 Vac for 1 minute
Endurance Rotation Life 30000 cycles min.
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 50 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/Carton 250 pcs.
38/25 mm Center Space Encoders
Type: EVQVN
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Oct. 201200
Design and specifi cations are each subject to change without notice. Ask factory for the current technical specifi cations before purchase and/or use.Should a safety concern arise regarding this product, please be sure to contact us immediately.
Encoders/EVQV0
– EV61 –
E
1
V V
2
Q 0
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Product Code Type Design No. Output(Pulses)
1
PWB mounting hole for referenceView from mounting side
PWB thickness t=1.6
COM A
BACOM B
3-2.511
53
(26.
2)
6-9±
0.2
6-2.
5±0.
2
2-1.55
3-31
.8±0
.2
3-φ6.5
53±0
.2
45°
33
R30.7 27.5
150°
150°
63.8
φ61max.
17
32.4
5
23.7
±0.4
φ42.4
3.5
45° 3-31
.8
2-19.95+0–0.2
φ48+
0 –0.2
2-3
+0 –0
.1
3-φ3.5+0.1–0
+0.1–0φ2
3-φ1+0.1–0
2-φ3.1+0.1–0
Specifi cations
Explanation of Part Numbers
Rec om mend ed Applications Car audio products (adjustment of volume, tone,
tun ers, etc.) AV equipment (control of edit functions of VCRs,
CD players, etc.)
Features Multiple unit construction (achieved by mounting switches, LEDs, etc.) (center space) on the printed wiring board Good operability and high reliability
Mechanical
Rotation Angle 360 ° (Endless)
Rotation Torque (Detents Torque) 35 mN·m
Detents 30 points
Electrical
Output Signal Phase A and B
Resolution 15 pulses/360 °
Rating 1 mA 10 Vdc
Contact Resistance 1 max.
Chattering 5 ms max.
Insulation Resistance 50 m min. (at 250 Vdc)
Dielectric Withstanding Voltage 300 Vac for 1 minute
Endurance Rotation Life 30000 cycles min.
Minimum Quantity/Packing Unit 20 pcs. (Tray Pack)
Quantity/Carton 100 pcs.
60/40 mm Center Space Encoders
Type: EVQV0
Dimensions in mm (not to scale)
Oct. 201200
P J 2013.4
E C B DA & I S CP C1006 K, K C,O 571-8506, J
Safely PrecautionsWhen using our products, no matter what sort of equipment they might be user for,be sure to confirm the applications and environmental conditions with our specifications in advance.
I
T A 2013.
T , , , , - . F , ( , , , , - , ), ' .
W , , .
T . T, , , , .
T ' . I - .
P J , “F E F T L” J.
T , P C.
G .